Added Motif files.
git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@751 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
This commit is contained in:
		
							
								
								
									
										80
									
								
								include/wx/motif/accel.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										80
									
								
								include/wx/motif/accel.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        accel.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxAcceleratorTable class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_ACCEL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "accel.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/object.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/string.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Hold Ctrl key down
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxACCEL_ALT     0x01
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Hold Ctrl key down
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxACCEL_CTRL    0x02
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 // Hold Shift key down
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxACCEL_SHIFT   0x04
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 // Hold no key down
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxACCEL_NONE    0x00
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorEntry
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxAcceleratorEntry(int flags = 0, int keyCode = 0, int cmd = 0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        m_flags = flags; m_keyCode = keyCode; m_command = cmd;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void Set(int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					         { m_flags = flags; m_keyCode = keyCode; m_command = cmd; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline int GetKeyCode() const { return m_keyCode; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline int GetCommand() const { return m_command; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int             m_flags;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int			    m_keyCode; // ASCII or virtual keycode
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int			    m_command; // Command id to generate
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxAcceleratorTable: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxAcceleratorTable();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxAcceleratorTable(const wxString& resource); // Load from .rc resource
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxAcceleratorTable(int n, wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]); // Load from array
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Copy constructors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) { Ref(accel); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable* accel) { if (accel) Ref(*accel); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxAcceleratorTable();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxAcceleratorTable& operator = (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) { if (*this == accel) return (*this); Ref(accel); return *this; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline bool operator == (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) { return m_refData == accel.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline bool operator != (const wxAcceleratorTable& accel) { return m_refData != accel.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool Ok() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_ACCEL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										166
									
								
								include/wx/motif/app.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										166
									
								
								include/wx/motif/app.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        app.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxApp class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:     wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_APP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_APP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "app.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/defs.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/object.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/event.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxKeyEvent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxLog;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxPRINT_WINDOWS         1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT      2
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxApp*) wxTheApp;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Force an exit from main loop
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					void WXDLLEXPORT wxExit();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Yield to other apps/messages
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxYield();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Represents the application. Derive OnInit and declare
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// a new App object to start application
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxApp: public wxEvtHandler
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxApp();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline ~wxApp() {}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static void SetInitializerFunction(wxAppInitializerFunction fn) { m_appInitFn = fn; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static wxAppInitializerFunction GetInitializerFunction() { return m_appInitFn; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int MainLoop();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void ExitMainLoop();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Initialized();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Pending() ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Dispatch() ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Generic
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool OnInit() { return FALSE; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Create an application context
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool OnInitGui();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Called to set off the main loop
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int OnRun() { return MainLoop(); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int OnExit() { return 0; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetPrintMode(int mode) { m_printMode = mode; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetExitOnFrameDelete(bool flag) { m_exitOnFrameDelete = flag; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool GetExitOnFrameDelete() const { return m_exitOnFrameDelete; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxString GetAppName() const {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      if (m_appName != "")
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        return m_appName;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      else return m_className;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetAppName(const wxString& name) { m_appName = name; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxString GetClassName() const { return m_className; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetClassName(const wxString& name) { m_className = name; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetVendorName(const wxString& vendorName) { m_vendorName = vendorName; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  const wxString& GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWindow *GetTopWindow() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetTopWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_topWindow = win; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetWantDebugOutput(bool flag) { m_wantDebugOutput = flag; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool GetWantDebugOutput() { return m_wantDebugOutput; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Send idle event to all top-level windows.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Returns TRUE if more idle time is requested.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SendIdleEvents();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Send idle event to window and all subwindows
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Returns TRUE if more idle time is requested.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SendIdleEvents(wxWindow* win);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Windows only, but for compatibility...
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetAuto3D(bool flag) { m_auto3D = flag; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool GetAuto3D() const { return m_auto3D; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Creates a log object
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxLog* CreateLogTarget();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Will always be set to the appropriate, main-style values.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   argc;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  char **               argv;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_wantDebugOutput ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString              m_className;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString              m_appName,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                        m_vendorName;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWindow *            m_topWindow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_exitOnFrameDelete;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_showOnInit;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_printMode; // wxPRINT_WINDOWS, wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_auto3D ;   // Always use 3D controls, except
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                 // where overriden
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static wxAppInitializerFunction	m_appInitFn;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static bool Initialize();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static void CleanUp();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void DeletePendingObjects();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool ProcessIdle();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Motif-specific
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXAppContext   GetAppContext() const { return m_appContext; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXWidget       GetTopLevelWidget() const { return m_topLevelWidget; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXColormap            GetMainColormap(WXDisplay* display) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline long           GetMaxRequestSize() const { return m_maxRequestSize; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // This handler is called when a property change event occurs
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void          HandlePropertyChange(WXEvent *event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static long           sm_lastMessageTime;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_nCmdShow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_keepGoing ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Motif-specific
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXAppContext          m_appContext;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget              m_topLevelWidget;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXColormap            m_mainColormap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long                  m_maxRequestSize;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					int WXDLLEXPORT wxEntry( int argc, char *argv[] );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_APP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										198
									
								
								include/wx/motif/bitmap.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										198
									
								
								include/wx/motif/bitmap.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        bitmap.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxBitmap class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_BITMAP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "bitmap.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/palette.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Bitmap
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// A mask is a mono bitmap used for drawing bitmaps
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// transparently.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMask: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMask();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a colour indicating
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // the transparent area
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Construct a mask from a bitmap and a palette index indicating
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // the transparent area
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Construct a mask from a mono bitmap (copies the bitmap).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMask(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxMask();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: platform-specific data access
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXHBITMAP GetMaskBitmap() const { return m_maskBitmap; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetMaskBitmap(WXHBITMAP bmp) { m_maskBitmap = bmp; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXHBITMAP m_maskBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapRefData: public wxGDIRefData
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxBitmapRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxBitmapRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_width;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_height;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_depth;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool          m_ok;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_numColors;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPalette     m_bitmapPalette;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_quality;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*  WXHBITMAP     m_hBitmap; TODO: platform-specific handle */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMask *      m_bitmapMask; // Optional mask
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_BITMAPDATA ((wxBitmapRefData *)m_refData)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmapHandler() { m_name = ""; m_extension = ""; m_type = 0; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *bitmap, void *data, long flags, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      int desiredWidth, int desiredHeight);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool SaveFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *palette = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetType(long type) { m_type = type; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline long GetType() const { return m_type; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString  m_name;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString  m_extension;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long      m_type;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_BITMAPHANDLERDATA ((wxBitmapRefData *)bitmap->GetRefData())
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap: public wxGDIObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapHandler;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap(); // Platform-specific
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Copy constructors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  { Ref(bitmap); if ( wxTheBitmapList ) wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap(const wxBitmap* bitmap) { if (bitmap) Ref(*bitmap); if ( wxTheBitmapList ) wxTheBitmapList->AddBitmap(this); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Initialize with raw data.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: maybe implement XPM reading
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Initialize with XPM data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap(const char **data);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Load a file or resource
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // TODO: make default type whatever's appropriate for the platform.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap(const wxString& name, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Constructor for generalised creation from data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap(void *data, long type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If depth is omitted, will create a bitmap compatible with the display
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxBitmap();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Create(void *data, long type, int width, int height, int depth = 1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, long type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, int type, const wxPalette *cmap = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool Ok() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA && M_BITMAPDATA->m_ok); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetWidth() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA ? M_BITMAPDATA->m_width : 0); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetHeight() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA ? M_BITMAPDATA->m_height : 0); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetDepth() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA ? M_BITMAPDATA->m_depth : 0); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetQuality() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA ? M_BITMAPDATA->m_quality : 0); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetWidth(int w);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetHeight(int h);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetDepth(int d);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetQuality(int q);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetOk(bool isOk);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPalette* GetPalette() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA ? (& M_BITMAPDATA->m_bitmapPalette) : (wxPalette*) NULL); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxMask *GetMask() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA ? M_BITMAPDATA->m_bitmapMask : (wxMask*) NULL); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetMask(wxMask *mask) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap& operator = (const wxBitmap& bitmap) { if (*this == bitmap) return (*this); Ref(bitmap); return *this; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator == (const wxBitmap& bitmap) { return m_refData == bitmap.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator != (const wxBitmap& bitmap) { return m_refData != bitmap.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Format handling
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static inline wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static void AddHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static void InsertHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, long bitmapType);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(long bitmapType);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static void InitStandardHandlers();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static void CleanUpHandlers();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static wxList sm_handlers;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // TODO: Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetHBITMAP(WXHBITMAP bmp);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXHBITMAP GetHBITMAP() const { return (M_BITMAPDATA ? M_BITMAPDATA->m_hBitmap : 0); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool FreeResource(bool force = FALSE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // _WX_BITMAP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										83
									
								
								include/wx/motif/bmpbuttn.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										83
									
								
								include/wx/motif/bmpbuttn.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        bmpbuttn.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxBitmapButton class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "bmpbuttn.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/button.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxButtonNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN 4
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapButton: public wxButton
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmapButton() { m_marginX = wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN; m_marginY = wxDEFAULT_BUTTON_MARGIN; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    SetBitmapLabel(bitmap);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap& GetBitmapLabel() const { return (wxBitmap&) m_buttonBitmap; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap& GetBitmapSelected() const { return (wxBitmap&) m_buttonBitmapSelected; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap& GetBitmapFocus() const { return (wxBitmap&) m_buttonBitmapFocus; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() const { return (wxBitmap&) m_buttonBitmapDisabled; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetBitmapSelected(const wxBitmap& sel) { m_buttonBitmapSelected = sel; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetBitmapFocus(const wxBitmap& focus) { m_buttonBitmapFocus = focus; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetBitmapDisabled(const wxBitmap& disabled) { m_buttonBitmapDisabled = disabled; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetMargins(int x, int y) { m_marginX = x; m_marginY = y; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetMarginX() { return m_marginX; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetMarginY() { return m_marginY; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // TODO: Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool MSWOnDraw(WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void DrawFace( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void DrawButtonFocus( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool sel );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void DrawButtonDisable( WXHDC dc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, bool with_marg );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap m_buttonBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap m_buttonBitmapSelected;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap m_buttonBitmapFocus;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap m_buttonBitmapDisabled;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int      m_marginX;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int      m_marginY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_BMPBUTTN_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										86
									
								
								include/wx/motif/brush.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										86
									
								
								include/wx/motif/brush.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        brush.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxBrush class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_BRUSH_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "brush.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/bitmap.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrushRefData: public wxGDIRefData
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxBrushRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxBrushRefData(const wxBrushRefData& data);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxBrushRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int           m_style;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxBitmap      m_stipple ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxColour      m_colour;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    WXHBRUSH      m_hBrush;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_BRUSHDATA ((wxBrushRefData *)m_refData)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Brush
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush: public wxGDIObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBrush();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBrush(const wxString& col, int style);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBrush(const wxBitmap& stipple);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBrush(const wxBrush& brush) { Ref(brush); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBrush(const wxBrush* brush) { if (brush) Ref(*brush); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxBrush();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetColour(const wxString& col)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetStyle(int style)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBrush& operator = (const wxBrush& brush) { if (*this == brush) return (*this); Ref(brush); return *this; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator == (const wxBrush& brush) { return m_refData == brush.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator != (const wxBrush& brush) { return m_refData != brush.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxColour& GetColour() const { return (M_BRUSHDATA ? M_BRUSHDATA->m_colour : wxNullColour); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetStyle() const { return (M_BRUSHDATA ? M_BRUSHDATA->m_style : 0); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap *GetStipple() const { return (M_BRUSHDATA ? & M_BRUSHDATA->m_stipple : 0); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Useful helper: create the brush resource
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void RealizeResource();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // When setting properties, we must make sure we're not changing
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // another object
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Unshare();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_BRUSH_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										53
									
								
								include/wx/motif/button.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										53
									
								
								include/wx/motif/button.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        button.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxButton class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_BUTTON_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "button.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxButtonNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Pushbutton
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxButton() {}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetDefault();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetLabel() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_BUTTON_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										81
									
								
								include/wx/motif/checkbox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										81
									
								
								include/wx/motif/checkbox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        checkbox.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxCheckBox class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "checkbox.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxCheckBoxNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Checkbox item (single checkbox)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxCheckBox() { }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetValue(bool);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool GetValue() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapCheckBox: public wxCheckBox
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapCheckBox)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int checkWidth ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int checkHeight ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmapCheckBox() { checkWidth = -1; checkHeight = -1; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmapCheckBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxBitmap *bitmap,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetValue(bool);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool GetValue() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *bitmap);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										47
									
								
								include/wx/motif/checklst.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										47
									
								
								include/wx/motif/checklst.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        checklst.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxCheckListBox class - a listbox with checkable items
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              Note: this is an optional class.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:     wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_CHECKLST_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_CHECKLST_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "checklst.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/listbox.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef   unsigned int  size_t;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class wxCheckListBox : public wxListBox
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ctors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxCheckListBox();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 int nStrings = 0, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 const wxString choices[] = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // items may be checked
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool  IsChecked(size_t uiIndex) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void  Check(size_t uiIndex, bool bCheck = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_CHECKLST_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										72
									
								
								include/wx/motif/choice.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										72
									
								
								include/wx/motif/choice.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        choice.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxChoice class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_CHOICE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "choice.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxChoiceNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Choice item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxChoice() { m_noStrings = 0; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxChoice(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Append(const wxString& item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Delete(int n);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Clear();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetSelection() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSelection(int n);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetString(int n) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& sel);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual inline int Number() const { return m_noStrings; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual inline void SetColumns(int WXUNUSED(n) = 1 ) { /* No effect */ } ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual inline int GetColumns() const { return 1 ; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int m_noStrings;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// _WX_CHOICE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										104
									
								
								include/wx/motif/clipbrd.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										104
									
								
								include/wx/motif/clipbrd.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        clipbrd.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     Clipboard functionality.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              Note: this functionality is under review, and
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              is derived from wxWindows 1.xx code. Please contact
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              the wxWindows developers for further information.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "clipbrd.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/defs.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/setup.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/list.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxOpenClipboard();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboardOpen();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxCloseClipboard();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxEmptyClipboard();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxIsClipboardFormatAvailable(int dataFormat);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxSetClipboardData(int dataFormat, wxObject *obj, int width = 0, int height = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					wxObject* WXDLLEXPORT wxGetClipboardData(int dataFormat, long *len = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					int  WXDLLEXPORT wxEnumClipboardFormats(int dataFormat);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					int  WXDLLEXPORT wxRegisterClipboardFormat(char *formatName);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxGetClipboardFormatName(int dataFormat, char *formatName, int maxCount);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* A clipboard client holds data belonging to the clipboard.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   For plain text, a client is not necessary. */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboardClient : public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClipboardClient)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /* This list should be filled in with strings indicating the formats
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     this client can provide. Almost all clients will provide "TEXT".
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     Format names should be 4 characters long, so things will work
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     out on the Macintosh */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxStringList formats;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /* This method is called when the client is losing the selection. */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void BeingReplaced() = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /* This method is called when someone wants the data this client is
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     supplying to the clipboard. "format" is a string indicating the
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     format of the data - one of the strings from the "formats"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     list. "*size" should be filled with the size of the resulting
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     data. In the case of text, "*size" does not count the
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     NULL terminator. */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual char *GetData(char *format, long *size) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* ONE instance of this class: */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxClipboard : public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxClipboardClient *clipOwner;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  char *cbString, *sentString, *receivedString;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void *receivedTargets;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long receivedLength;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxClipboard();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxClipboard();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /* Set the clipboard data owner. "time" comes from the event record. */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetClipboardClient(wxClipboardClient *, long time);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /* Set the clipboard string; does not require a client. */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetClipboardString(char *, long time);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /* Get data from the clipboard in the format "TEXT". */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  char *GetClipboardString(long time);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /* Get data from the clipboard */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  char *GetClipboardData(char *format, long *length, long time);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /* Get the clipboard client directly. Will be NULL if clipboard data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     is a string, or if some other application owns the clipboard. 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     This can be useful for shortcutting data translation, if the
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     clipboard user can check for a specific client. (This is used
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     by the wxMediaEdit class.) */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxClipboardClient *GetClipboardClient();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* Initialize wxTheClipboard. Can be called repeatedly */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					void WXDLLEXPORT wxInitClipboard();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* The clipboard */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxClipboard*) wxTheClipboard;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										46
									
								
								include/wx/motif/colordlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										46
									
								
								include/wx/motif/colordlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        colordlg.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxColourDialog class. Use generic version if no
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              platform-specific implementation.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "colordlg.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/setup.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dialog.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/cmndata.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Platform-specific colour dialog implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourDialog: public wxDialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxColourDialog();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int ShowModal();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxColourData& GetColourData() { return m_colourData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxColourData        m_colourData;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxWindow*           m_dialogParent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_COLORDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										73
									
								
								include/wx/motif/colour.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										73
									
								
								include/wx/motif/colour.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        colour.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxColour class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_COLOUR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "colour.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/object.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/string.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Colour
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour(unsigned long colRGB) { Set(colRGB); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour(const wxColour& col);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour(const wxString& col);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxColour() ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour& operator =(const wxColour& src) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour& operator =(const wxString& src) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int Ok() const { return (m_isInit) ; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Set(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Set(unsigned long colRGB) 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  { 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // we don't need to know sizeof(long) here because we assume that the three
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // least significant bytes contain the R, G and B values
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Set((unsigned char)colRGB, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        (unsigned char)(colRGB >> 8),
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        (unsigned char)(colRGB >> 16)); 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline unsigned char Red() const { return m_red; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline unsigned char Green() const { return m_green; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline unsigned char Blue() const { return m_blue; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator == (const wxColour& colour) { return (m_red == colour.m_red && m_green == colour.m_green && m_blue == colour.m_blue); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator != (const wxColour& colour) { return (!(m_red == colour.m_red && m_green == colour.m_green && m_blue == colour.m_blue)); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXCOLORREF GetPixel() const { return m_pixel; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 private:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool 			m_isInit;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  unsigned char m_red;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  unsigned char m_blue;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  unsigned char m_green;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXCOLORREF m_pixel ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxColor wxColour
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// _WX_COLOUR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										78
									
								
								include/wx/motif/combobox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										78
									
								
								include/wx/motif/combobox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        combobox.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxComboBox class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "combobox.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/choice.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxComboBoxNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxEmptyString;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Combobox item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxComboBox: public wxChoice
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBox)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxComboBox() {}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // List functions: see wxChoice
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Text field functions
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetValue() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Clipboard operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Copy();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Cut();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Paste();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual long GetLastPosition() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSelection(int n)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxChoice::SetSelection(n);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										50
									
								
								include/wx/motif/control.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										50
									
								
								include/wx/motif/control.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        control.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxControl class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_CONTROL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/window.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/list.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/validate.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// General item class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl: public wxWindow
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControl)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   wxControl();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   ~wxControl();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};        // Simulates an event
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event); // Calls the callback and
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                                                 // appropriate event handlers
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   virtual wxString GetLabel() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   // Places item in centre of panel - so can't be used BEFORE panel->Fit()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   void Centre(int direction = wxHORIZONTAL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   inline void Callback(const wxFunction function) { m_callback = function; }; // Adds callback
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   inline wxFunction GetCallback() { return m_callback; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   wxFunction       m_callback;     // Callback associated with the window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_CONTROL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										76
									
								
								include/wx/motif/cursor.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										76
									
								
								include/wx/motif/cursor.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        cursor.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxCursor class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_CURSOR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "cursor.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/bitmap.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursorRefData: public wxBitmapRefData
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxCursorRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxCursorRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXHCURSOR m_hCursor;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_CURSORDATA ((wxCursorRefData *)m_refData)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_CURSORHANDLERDATA ((wxCursorRefData *)bitmap->m_refData)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Cursor
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor: public wxBitmap
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxCursor();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Copy constructors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) { Ref(cursor); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxCursor(const wxCursor* cursor) { if (cursor) Ref(*cursor); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxCursor(const char bits[], int width, int height, int hotSpotX = -1, int hotSpotY = -1,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    const char maskBits[] = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /* TODO: make default type suit platform */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxCursor(const wxString& name, long flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxCursor(int cursor_type);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxCursor();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // TODO: also verify the internal cursor handle
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxCursor& operator = (const wxCursor& cursor) { if (*this == cursor) return (*this); Ref(cursor); return *this; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator == (const wxCursor& cursor) { return m_refData == cursor.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator != (const wxCursor& cursor) { return m_refData != cursor.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetHCURSOR(WXHCURSOR cursor);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXHCURSOR GetHCURSOR() const { return (M_CURSORDATA ? M_CURSORDATA->m_hCursor : 0); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					extern WXDLLEXPORT void wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_CURSOR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										376
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dc.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										376
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dc.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        dc.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxDC class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_DC_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_DC_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "dc.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/pen.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/brush.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/icon.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/font.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// constants
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef MM_TEXT
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define MM_TEXT			0
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define MM_ISOTROPIC	1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define MM_ANISOTROPIC	2
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define MM_LOMETRIC		3
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define MM_HIMETRIC		4
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define MM_TWIPS		5
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define MM_POINTS		6
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define MM_METRIC		7
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// global variables
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					extern int wxPageNumber;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxDC
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDC)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDC(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxDC(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void BeginDrawing(void) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void EndDrawing(void) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool Ok(void) const { return m_ok; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void FloodFill( long x1, long y1, wxColour* col, int style=wxFLOOD_SURFACE ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void FloodFill(const wxPoint& pt, const wxColour& col, int style=wxFLOOD_SURFACE)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        FloodFill(pt.x, pt.y, (wxColour*) & col, style);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool GetPixel( long x1, long y1, wxColour *col ) const = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline bool GetPixel(const wxPoint& pt, wxColour *col) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        return GetPixel(pt.x, pt.y, col);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawLine( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2 ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawLine(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void CrossHair( long x, long y ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void CrossHair(const wxPoint& pt)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        CrossHair(pt.x, pt.y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawArc( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2, long xc, long yc ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawArc(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2, const wxPoint& centre)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawArc(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y, centre.x, centre.y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawEllipticArc( long x, long y, long width, long height, double sa, double ea ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawEllipticArc (const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz, double sa, double ea)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawEllipticArc(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, sa, ea);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawPoint( long x, long y ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawPoint( wxPoint& point );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawLines( int n, wxPoint points[], long xoffset = 0, long yoffset = 0 ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawLines( wxList *points, long xoffset = 0, long yoffset = 0 );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawPolygon( int n, wxPoint points[], long xoffset = 0, long yoffset = 0, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                              int fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawPolygon( wxList *lines, long xoffset = 0, long yoffset = 0, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                              int fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawRectangle( long x, long y, long width, long height ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle( long x, long y, long width, long height, double radius = 20.0 ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz, double radius = 20.0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawRoundedRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, radius);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& rect, double radius = 20.0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawRoundedRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height, radius);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawEllipse( long x, long y, long width, long height ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawEllipse(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawEllipse(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawEllipse(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawSpline( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2, long x3, long y3 );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawSpline( wxList *points );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawSpline( int n, wxPoint points[] );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool CanDrawBitmap(void) const = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, long x, long y, bool useMask=FALSE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxPoint& pt)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawIcon(icon, pt.x, pt.y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // TODO DrawBitmap is not always the same as DrawIcon, especially if bitmaps and
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // icons are implemented differently.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void DrawBitmap( const wxBitmap &bmp, long x, long y, bool useMask=FALSE )
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						      { DrawIcon( *((wxIcon*)(&bmp)), x, y, useMask ); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool Blit( long xdest, long ydest, long width, long height,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					       wxDC *source, long xsrc, long ysrc, int logical_func = wxCOPY, bool useMask=FALSE ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline bool Blit(const wxPoint& destPt, const wxSize& sz,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt, int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        return Blit(destPt.x, destPt.y, sz.x, sz.y, source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, rop, useMask);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawText( const wxString &text, long x, long y, bool use16 = FALSE ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt, bool use16bit = FALSE)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        DrawText(text, pt.x, pt.y, use16bit);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool CanGetTextExtent(void) const = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetTextExtent( const wxString &string, long *width, long *height,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     long *descent = NULL, long *externalLeading = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     wxFont *theFont = NULL, bool use16 = FALSE ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long GetCharWidth(void) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long GetCharHeight(void) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void Clear(void) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetFont( const wxFont &font ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual wxFont *GetFont(void) const { return (wxFont*) &m_font; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetPen( const wxPen &pen ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual wxPen *GetPen(void) const { return (wxPen*) &m_pen; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetBrush( const wxBrush &brush ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual wxBrush *GetBrush(void) const { return (wxBrush*) &m_brush; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual wxBrush *GetBackground(void) const { return (wxBrush*) &m_backgroundBrush; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetLogicalFunction( int function ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual int GetLogicalFunction(void) const { return m_logicalFunction; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual wxColour& GetTextBackground(void) const { return (wxColour&)m_textBackgroundColour; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual wxColour& GetTextForeground(void) const { return (wxColour&)m_textForegroundColour; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetBackgroundMode( int mode ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual int GetBackgroundMode(void) const { return m_backgroundMode; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetPalette( const wxPalette& palette ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void SetColourMap( const wxPalette& palette ) { SetPalette(palette); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // the first two must be overridden and called
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetClippingRegion( long x, long y, long width, long height );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DestroyClippingRegion(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetClippingBox( long *x, long *y, long *width, long *height ) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual inline long MinX(void) const { return m_minX; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual inline long MaxX(void) const { return m_maxX; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual inline long MinY(void) const { return m_minY; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual inline long MaxY(void) const { return m_maxY; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetSize( int* width, int* height ) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxSize GetSize(void) const { int w, h; GetSize(&w, &h); return wxSize(w, h); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetSizeMM( long* width, long* height ) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& WXUNUSED(message) ) { return TRUE; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void EndDoc(void) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void StartPage(void) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void EndPage(void) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetMapMode( int mode );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual int GetMapMode(void) const { return m_mappingMode; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetUserScale( double x, double y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetUserScale( double *x, double *y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetLogicalScale( double x, double y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetLogicalScale( double *x, double *y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetLogicalOrigin( long x, long y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetLogicalOrigin( long *x, long *y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetDeviceOrigin( long x, long y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetDeviceOrigin( long *x, long *y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetInternalDeviceOrigin( long x, long y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetInternalDeviceOrigin( long *x, long *y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetAxisOrientation( bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetOptimization( bool WXUNUSED(optimize) ) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool GetOptimization(void) { return m_optimize; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long DeviceToLogicalX(long x) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long DeviceToLogicalY(long y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long DeviceToLogicalXRel(long x) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long DeviceToLogicalYRel(long y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long LogicalToDeviceX(long x) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long LogicalToDeviceY(long y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long LogicalToDeviceXRel(long x) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long LogicalToDeviceYRel(long y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void CalcBoundingBox( long x, long y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void ComputeScaleAndOrigin(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long XDEV2LOG(long x) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  long new_x = x - m_deviceOriginX;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  if (new_x > 0) 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(new_x) / m_scaleX + 0.5) * m_signX + m_logicalOriginX;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  else
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(new_x) / m_scaleX - 0.5) * m_signX + m_logicalOriginX;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long XDEV2LOGREL(long x) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						{ 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  if (x > 0) 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(x) / m_scaleX + 0.5);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  else
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(x) / m_scaleX - 0.5);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long YDEV2LOG(long y) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  long new_y = y - m_deviceOriginY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  if (new_y > 0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(new_y) / m_scaleY + 0.5) * m_signY + m_logicalOriginY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  else
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(new_y) / m_scaleY - 0.5) * m_signY + m_logicalOriginY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long YDEV2LOGREL(long y) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						{ 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  if (y > 0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(y) / m_scaleY + 0.5);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  else
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(y) / m_scaleY - 0.5);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long XLOG2DEV(long x) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						{ 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  long new_x = x - m_logicalOriginX;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  if (new_x > 0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX + 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  else
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(new_x) * m_scaleX - 0.5) * m_signX + m_deviceOriginX;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long XLOG2DEVREL(long x) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						{ 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  if (x > 0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(x) * m_scaleX + 0.5);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  else
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(x) * m_scaleX - 0.5);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long YLOG2DEV(long y) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  long new_y = y - m_logicalOriginY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  if (new_y > 0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY + 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  else
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(new_y) * m_scaleY - 0.5) * m_signY + m_deviceOriginY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long YLOG2DEVREL(long y) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						{ 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  if (y > 0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(y) * m_scaleY + 0.5);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						  else
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						    return (long)((double)(y) * m_scaleY - 0.5);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawOpenSpline( wxList *points ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool         m_ok;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool         m_colour;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // not sure, what these mean
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool         m_clipping;      // Is clipping on right now ?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool         m_isInteractive; // Is GetPixel possible ?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool         m_autoSetting;   // wxMSW only ?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool         m_dontDelete;    // wxMSW only ?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool         m_optimize;      // wxMSW only ?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString     m_filename;      // Not sure where this belongs.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxPen        m_pen;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxBrush      m_brush;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxBrush      m_backgroundBrush;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxColour     m_textForegroundColour;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxColour     m_textBackgroundColour;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxFont       m_font;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int          m_logicalFunction;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int          m_backgroundMode;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int          m_textAlignment;    // gone in wxWin 2.0 ?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int          m_mappingMode;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // not sure what for, but what is a mm on a screen you don't know the size of?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    double       m_mm_to_pix_x,m_mm_to_pix_y; 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long         m_internalDeviceOriginX,m_internalDeviceOriginY;   // If un-scrolled is non-zero or
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
													    // d.o. changes with scrolling.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
													    // Set using SetInternalDeviceOrigin().
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
													    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long         m_externalDeviceOriginX,m_externalDeviceOriginY;   // To be set by external classes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                                                    // such as wxScrolledWindow
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
													    // using SetDeviceOrigin()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
													    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long         m_deviceOriginX,m_deviceOriginY;                   // Sum of the two above.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long         m_logicalOriginX,m_logicalOriginY;                 // User defined.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    double       m_scaleX,m_scaleY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    double       m_logicalScaleX,m_logicalScaleY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    double       m_userScaleX,m_userScaleY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long         m_signX,m_signY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool         m_needComputeScaleX,m_needComputeScaleY;         // not yet used
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    float        m_scaleFactor;  // wxPSDC wants to have this. Will disappear.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long         m_clipX1,m_clipY1,m_clipX2,m_clipY2;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long         m_minX,m_maxX,m_minY,m_maxY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_DC_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										101
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dcclient.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										101
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dcclient.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        dcclient.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxClientDC, wxPaintDC and wxWindowDC classes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "dcclient.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dc.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// classes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Under Windows, wxClientDC, wxPaintDC and wxWindowDC are implemented differently.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// On many platforms, however, they will be the same.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef wxPaintDC wxClientDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef wxPaintDC wxWindowDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxPaintDC
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaintDC: public wxDC
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPaintDC)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxPaintDC(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxPaintDC( wxWindow *win );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxPaintDC(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void FloodFill( long x1, long y1, wxColour* col, int style=wxFLOOD_SURFACE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool GetPixel( long x1, long y1, wxColour *col ) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawLine( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2 );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void CrossHair( long x, long y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawArc( long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2, long xc, long yc );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawEllipticArc( long x, long y, long width, long height, double sa, double ea );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawPoint( long x, long y );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawLines( int n, wxPoint points[], long xoffset = 0, long yoffset = 0 );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawLines( wxList *points, long xoffset = 0, long yoffset = 0 );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawPolygon( int n, wxPoint points[], long xoffset = 0, long yoffset = 0, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                              int fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawPolygon( wxList *lines, long xoffset = 0, long yoffset = 0, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                              int fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawRectangle( long x, long y, long width, long height );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle( long x, long y, long width, long height, double radius = 20.0 );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawEllipse( long x, long y, long width, long height );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool CanDrawBitmap(void) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, long x, long y, bool useMask=FALSE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool Blit( long xdest, long ydest, long width, long height,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					       wxDC *source, long xsrc, long ysrc, int logical_func = wxCOPY, bool useMask=FALSE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawText( const wxString &text, long x, long y, bool use16 = FALSE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool CanGetTextExtent(void) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void GetTextExtent( const wxString &string, long *width, long *height,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     long *descent = NULL, long *externalLeading = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     wxFont *theFont = NULL, bool use16 = FALSE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long GetCharWidth(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual long GetCharHeight(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void Clear(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetFont( const wxFont &font );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetPen( const wxPen &pen );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetBrush( const wxBrush &brush );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetLogicalFunction( int function );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetTextForeground( const wxColour &col );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetTextBackground( const wxColour &col );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetBackgroundMode( int mode );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetPalette( const wxPalette& palette );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SetClippingRegion( long x, long y, long width, long height );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DestroyClippingRegion(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void DrawOpenSpline( wxList *points );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										38
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dcmemory.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										38
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dcmemory.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        dcmemory.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxMemoryDC class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "dcmemory.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dcclient.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMemoryDC: public wxPaintDC
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxMemoryDC(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxMemoryDC( wxDC *dc ); // Create compatible DC
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxMemoryDC(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void SelectObject( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void GetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  private: 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend wxPaintDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxBitmap  m_selected;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										34
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dcprint.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										34
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dcprint.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        dcprint.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxPrinterDC class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "dcprint.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dc.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrinterDC: public wxDC
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterDC)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Create a printer DC
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPrinterDC(const wxString& driver, const wxString& device, const wxString& output, bool interactive = TRUE, int orientation = wxPORTRAIT);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxPrinterDC();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_DCPRINT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										39
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dcscreen.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										39
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dcscreen.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        dcscreen.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxScreenDC class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "dcscreen.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dcclient.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxScreenDC: public wxPaintDC
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDC)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Create a DC representing the whole screen
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxScreenDC();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxScreenDC();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Compatibility with X's requirements for
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // drawing on top of all windows
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(window)) { return TRUE; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRectangle* WXUNUSED(rect) = NULL) { return TRUE; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static bool EndDrawingOnTop() { return TRUE; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_DCSCREEN_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										98
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dialog.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										98
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dialog.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        dialog.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxDialog class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_DIALOG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "dialog.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/panel.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxDialogNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Dialog boxes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDialog: public wxPanel
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxDialog();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Constructor with a modal flag, but no window id - the old convention
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxDialog(wxWindow *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title, bool modal,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int x = -1, int y= -1, int width = 500, int height = 500,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      long modalStyle = modal ? wxDIALOG_MODAL : wxDIALOG_MODELESS ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, -1, title, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), style|modalStyle, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Constructor with no modal flag - the new convention.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title, // bool modal = FALSE, // TODO make this a window style?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxDialog();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Destroy();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetClientSize(int width, int height);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Show(bool show);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Iconize(bool iconize);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsIconized() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Fit();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetTitle() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool OnClose();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetModal(bool flag);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Centre(int direction = wxBOTH);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsModal() const { return ((GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxDIALOG_MODAL) == wxDIALOG_MODAL); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int ShowModal();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void EndModal(int retCode);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Standard buttons
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnApply(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Responds to colour changes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_DIALOG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										49
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dirdlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										49
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dirdlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        dirdlg.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxDirDialog class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "dirdlg.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dialog.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxFileSelectorPromptStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirDialog: public wxDialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        const wxString& defaultPath = "",
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        long style = 0, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetPath(const wxString& path) { m_path = path; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetStyle(long style) { m_dialogStyle = style; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline long GetStyle() const { return m_dialogStyle; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int ShowModal();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString    m_message;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long        m_dialogStyle;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxWindow *  m_parent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString    m_path;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_DIRDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										238
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dnd.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										238
									
								
								include/wx/motif/dnd.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        dnd.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     Declaration of the wxDropTarget, wxDropSource class etc.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) 1998 Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:     wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_DND_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_DND_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "dnd.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/defs.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/object.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/string.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/cursor.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// classes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDataObject;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDataObject;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTarget;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDropTarget;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDropTarget;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSource;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxDataObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDataObject: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // all data formats (values are the same as in windows.h, do not change!)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  enum StdFormat
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Invalid,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Text,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Bitmap,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    MetafilePict,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Sylk,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Dif,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Tiff,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    OemText,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Dib,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Palette,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Pendata,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Riff,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Wave,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    UnicodeText,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    EnhMetafile,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Hdrop,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Locale,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Max
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // function to return symbolic name of clipboard format (debug messages)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static const char *GetFormatName(wxDataFormat format);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ctor & dtor
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxDataObject() {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxDataObject() {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // pure virtuals to override
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // get the best suited format for our data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat() const = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // decide if we support this format (should be one of values of
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // StdFormat enumerations or a user-defined format)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsSupportedFormat(wxDataFormat format) const = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // get the (total) size of data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual size_t GetDataSize() const = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // copy raw data to provided pointer
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxTextDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for text data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDataObject : public wxDataObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ctors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextDataObject() { }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextDataObject(const wxString& strText) : m_strText(strText) { }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Init(const wxString& strText) { m_strText = strText; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // implement base class pure virtuals
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat() const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { return wxDF_TEXT; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsSupportedFormat(wxDataFormat format) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { return format == wxDF_TEXT; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual size_t GetDataSize() const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { return m_strText.Len() + 1; } // +1 for trailing '\0'of course
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { memcpy(pBuf, m_strText.c_str(), GetDataSize()); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					private:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString  m_strText;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for file names
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDataObject : public wxDataObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxFileDataObject(void) { }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void AddFile( const wxString &file )
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { m_files += file; m_files += ";"; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // implement base class pure virtuals
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat() const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { return wxDF_FILENAME; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsSupportedFormat(wxDataFormat format) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { return format == wxDF_FILENAME; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual size_t GetDataSize() const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { return m_files.Len() + 1; } // +1 for trailing '\0'of course
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { memcpy(pBuf, m_files.c_str(), GetDataSize()); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					private:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString  m_files;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxDropTarget
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTarget: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDropTarget();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxDropTarget();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void OnEnter() { }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void OnLeave() { }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool OnDrop( long x, long y, const void *pData ) = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//  protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend wxWindow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Override these to indicate what kind of data you support: 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual size_t GetFormatCount() const = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual wxDataFormat GetFormat(size_t n) const = 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxTextDropTarget
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextDropTarget: public wxDropTarget
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTextDropTarget() {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool OnDrop( long x, long y, const void *pData );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool OnDropText( long x, long y, const char *psz );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual size_t GetFormatCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual wxDataFormat GetFormat(size_t n) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// A drop target which accepts files (dragged from File Manager or Explorer)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDropTarget: public wxDropTarget
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxFileDropTarget() {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool OnDrop(long x, long y, const void *pData);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool OnDropFiles( long x, long y, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                              size_t nFiles, const char * const aszFiles[]);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual size_t GetFormatCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual wxDataFormat GetFormat(size_t n) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxDropSource
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  enum wxDragResult
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDragError,    // error prevented the d&d operation from completing
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDragNone,     // drag target didn't accept the data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDragCopy,     // the data was successfully copied
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDragMove,     // the data was successfully moved
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDragCancel    // the operation was cancelled by user (not an error)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropSource: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDropSource( wxWindow *win );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDropSource( wxDataObject &data, wxWindow *win );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxDropSource(void);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void SetData( wxDataObject &data  );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDragResult DoDragDrop( bool bAllowMove = FALSE );
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual bool GiveFeedback( wxDragResult WXUNUSED(effect), bool WXUNUSED(bScrolling) ) { return TRUE; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxDataObject  *m_data;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					       //_WX_DND_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										89
									
								
								include/wx/motif/filedlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										89
									
								
								include/wx/motif/filedlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        filedlg.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxFileDialog class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "filedlg.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dialog.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * File selector
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxFileSelectorPromptStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFileDialog: public wxDialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString    m_message;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long        m_dialogStyle;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxWindow *  m_parent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString    m_dir;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString    m_path; // Full path
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString    m_fileName;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString    m_wildCard;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int         m_filterIndex;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        const wxString& defaultDir = "", const wxString& defaultFile = "", const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        long style = 0, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetPath(const wxString& path) { m_path = path; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_dir = dir; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetFilename(const wxString& name) { m_fileName = name; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard) { m_wildCard = wildCard; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetStyle(long style) { m_dialogStyle = style; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex) { m_filterIndex = filterIndex; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_dir; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxString GetFilename() const { return m_fileName; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxString GetWildcard() const { return m_wildCard; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline long GetStyle() const { return m_dialogStyle; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_filterIndex ; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int ShowModal();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxOPEN              0x0001
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSAVE              0x0002
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT  0x0004
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxHIDE_READONLY     0x0008
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxFILE_MUST_EXIST   0x0010
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// File selector - backward compatibility
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					char* WXDLLEXPORT wxFileSelector(const char *message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, const char *default_path = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     const char *default_filename = NULL, const char *default_extension = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     const char *wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, int flags = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     wxWindow *parent = NULL, int x = -1, int y = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// An extended version of wxFileSelector
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					char* WXDLLEXPORT wxFileSelectorEx(const char *message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr, const char *default_path = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     const char *default_filename = NULL, int *indexDefaultExtension = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     const char *wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr, int flags = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     wxWindow *parent = NULL, int x = -1, int y = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Generic file load dialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					char* WXDLLEXPORT wxLoadFileSelector(const char *what, const char *extension, const char *default_name = NULL, wxWindow *parent = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Generic file save dialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					char* WXDLLEXPORT wxSaveFileSelector(const char *what, const char *extension, const char *default_name = NULL, wxWindow *parent = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_FILEDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										90
									
								
								include/wx/motif/font.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										90
									
								
								include/wx/motif/font.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        font.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxFont class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_FONT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "font.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontRefData: public wxGDIRefData
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxFontRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxFontRefData(const wxFontRefData& data);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxFontRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_pointSize;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_family;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_style;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_weight;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool          m_underlined;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString      m_faceName;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXHFONT       m_hFont;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_FONTDATA ((wxFontRefData *)m_refData)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxEmptyString;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Font
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont: public wxGDIObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxFont();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxFont(int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight, bool underlined = FALSE, const wxString& faceName = wxEmptyString);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxFont(const wxFont& font) { Ref(font); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxFont(const wxFont* font) { if (font) Ref(*font); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxFont();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight, bool underlined = FALSE, const wxString& faceName = wxEmptyString);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetPointSize() const { return M_FONTDATA->m_pointSize; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetFamily() const { return M_FONTDATA->m_family; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetStyle() const { return M_FONTDATA->m_style; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetWeight() const { return M_FONTDATA->m_weight; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetFamilyString() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetFaceName() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetStyleString() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetWeightString() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool GetUnderlined() const { return M_FONTDATA->m_underlined; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetPointSize(int pointSize);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetFamily(int family);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetStyle(int style);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetWeight(int weight);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetFaceName(const wxString& faceName);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxFont& operator = (const wxFont& font) { if (*this == font) return (*this); Ref(font); return *this; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator == (const wxFont& font) { return m_refData == font.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator != (const wxFont& font) { return m_refData != font.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool RealizeResource();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Unshare();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_FONT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										46
									
								
								include/wx/motif/fontdlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										46
									
								
								include/wx/motif/fontdlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        fontdlg.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxFontDialog class. Use generic version if no
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              platform-specific implementation.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "fontdlg.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dialog.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/cmndata.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Font dialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFontDialog: public wxDialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxFontDialog();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxFontData *data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxFontData *data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int ShowModal();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxWindow*   m_dialogParent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxFontData  m_fontData;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_FONTDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										179
									
								
								include/wx/motif/frame.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										179
									
								
								include/wx/motif/frame.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        frame.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxFrame class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_FRAME_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "frame.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/window.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/toolbar.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/accel.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxFrameNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxToolBarNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBar;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame: public wxWindow {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxFrame();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxFrame(wxWindow *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxFrame();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Destroy();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetClientSize(int width, int height);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool OnClose();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Show(bool show);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set menu bar
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set title
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Centre(int direction = wxBOTH);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Call this to simulate a menu command
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(int id);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ProcessCommand(int id);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set icon
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Create status line
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int number=1, long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP, wxWindowID id = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    const wxString& name = "statusBar");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return m_frameStatusBar; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void PositionStatusBar();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxStatusBar *OnCreateStatusBar(int number, long style, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    const wxString& name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Create toolbar
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxToolBar *OnCreateToolBar(long style, wxWindowID id, const wxString& name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If made known to the frame, the frame will manage it automatically.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void PositionToolBar();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set status line text
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set status line widths
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Hint to tell framework which status bar to use
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // TODO: should this go into a wxFrameworkSettings class perhaps?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static void UseNativeStatusBar(bool useNative) { m_useNativeStatusBar = useNative; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static bool UsesNativeStatusBar() { return m_useNativeStatusBar; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Fit frame around subwindows
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Fit();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Iconize
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Iconize(bool iconize);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsIconized() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Compatibility
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool Iconized() const { return IsIconized(); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Maximize(bool maximize);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Responds to colour changes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Query app for menu item updates (called from OnIdle)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void DoMenuUpdates();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void DoMenuUpdates(wxMenu* menu);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Checks if there is a toolbar, and returns the first free client position
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Raise();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Lower();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void CaptureMouse();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ReleaseMouse();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  //// Motif-specific
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget GetMenuBarWidget() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget GetShellWidget() const { return m_frameShell; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget GetWorkAreaWidget() const { return m_workArea; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget GetClientAreaWidget() const { return m_clientArea; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool GetVisibleStatus() const { return m_visibleStatus; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool PreResize();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenuBar *           m_frameMenuBar;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxStatusBar *         m_frameStatusBar;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxIcon                m_icon;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_iconized;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static bool           m_useNativeStatusBar;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxToolBar *           m_frameToolBar ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  //// Motif-specific
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget              m_frameShell;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget              m_frameWidget;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget              m_workArea;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget              m_clientArea;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//  WXWidget              m_menuBarWidget;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_visibleStatus;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString              m_title;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_FRAME_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										69
									
								
								include/wx/motif/gauge.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										69
									
								
								include/wx/motif/gauge.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        gauge.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxGauge class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_GAUGE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "gauge.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxGaugeNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Group box
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxGauge: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxGauge() { m_rangeMax = 0; m_gaugePos = 0; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxGauge(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int range,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int range,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetShadowWidth(int w);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetBezelFace(int w);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetRange(int r);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetValue(int pos);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetShadowWidth() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetBezelFace() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetRange() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetValue() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {} ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   int      m_rangeMax;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   int      m_gaugePos;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_GAUGE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										48
									
								
								include/wx/motif/gdiobj.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										48
									
								
								include/wx/motif/gdiobj.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        gdiobj.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxGDIObject class: base class for other GDI classes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/object.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "gdiobj.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIRefData: public wxObjectRefData {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxGDIRefData()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 	}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_GDIDATA ((wxGDIRefData *)m_refData)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxGDIObject: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGDIObject)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxGDIObject() { m_visible = FALSE; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline ~wxGDIObject() {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool IsNull() const { return (m_refData == 0); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool GetVisible() { return m_visible; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetVisible(bool v) { m_visible = v; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool m_visible; // Can a pointer to this object be safely taken?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 // - only if created within FindOrCreate...
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_GDIOBJ_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										52
									
								
								include/wx/motif/helpxxxx.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										52
									
								
								include/wx/motif/helpxxxx.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        helpxxxx.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     Help system: native implementation for your system. Replace
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              XXXX with suitable name.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "helpxxxx.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/wx.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/helpbase.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxXXXXHelpController: public wxHelpControllerBase
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_CLASS(wxXXXXHelpController)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxXXXXHelpController();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxXXXXHelpController();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Must call this to set the filename and server name
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If file is "", reloads file given  in Initialize
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = "");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool DisplayContents();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Quit();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void OnQuit();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxString GetHelpFile() const { return m_helpFile; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString m_helpFile;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_HELPXXXX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										107
									
								
								include/wx/motif/icon.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										107
									
								
								include/wx/motif/icon.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        icon.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxIcon class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_ICON_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "icon.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/bitmap.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxIconRefData: public wxBitmapRefData
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxIconRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxIconRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: whatever your actual icon handle is
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXHICON m_hIcon;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_ICONDATA ((wxIconRefData *)m_refData)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_ICONHANDLERDATA ((wxIconRefData *)bitmap->GetRefData())
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Icon
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon: public wxBitmap
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxIcon();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Copy constructors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { Ref(icon); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxIcon(const wxIcon* icon) { if (icon) Ref(*icon); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxIcon(const char bits[], int width, int height);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxIcon(const wxString& name, long flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxIcon();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, long flags = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxIcon& operator = (const wxIcon& icon) { if (*this == icon) return (*this); Ref(icon); return *this; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator == (const wxIcon& icon) { return m_refData == icon.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator != (const wxIcon& icon) { return m_refData != icon.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetHICON(WXHICON ico);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXHICON GetHICON() const { return (M_ICONDATA ? M_ICONDATA->m_hIcon : 0); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* Example handlers. TODO: write your own handlers for relevant types.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxICOFileHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICOFileHandler)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxICOFileHandler()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						m_name = "ICO icon file";
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						m_extension = "ico";
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxICOResourceHandler: public wxBitmapHandler
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICOResourceHandler)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxICOResourceHandler()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						m_name = "ICO resource";
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						m_extension = "ico";
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *bitmap, const wxString& name, long flags,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      int desiredWidth = -1, int desiredHeight = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_ICON_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										145
									
								
								include/wx/motif/imaglist.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										145
									
								
								include/wx/motif/imaglist.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        imaglist.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxImageList class. Note: if your GUI doesn't have
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              an image list equivalent, you can use the generic class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              in src/generic.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "imaglist.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/bitmap.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * wxImageList is used for wxListCtrl, wxTreeCtrl. These controls refer to
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * images for their items by an index into an image list.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * A wxImageList is capable of creating images with optional masks from
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * a variety of sources - a single bitmap plus a colour to indicate the mask,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * two bitmaps, or an icon.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 *
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Flags for Draw
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL         0x0001
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT    0x0002
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_SELECTED       0x0004
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_FOCUSED        0x0008
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Flag values for Set/GetImageList
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL, // Normal icons
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL,  // Small icons
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE   // State icons: unimplemented (see WIN32 documentation)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Eventually we'll make this a reference-counted wxGDIObject. For
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// now, the app must take care of ownership issues. That is, the
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// image lists must be explicitly deleted after the control(s) that uses them
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// is (are) deleted, or when the app exits.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   * Public interface
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxImageList();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Creates an image list.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Specify the width and height of the images in the list,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // whether there are masks associated with them (e.g. if creating images
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // from icons), and the initial size of the list.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxImageList(int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(width, height, mask, initialCount);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxImageList();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Attributes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Returns the number of images in the image list.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetImageCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Creates an image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // width, height specify the size of the images in the list (all the same).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // mask specifies whether the images have masks or not.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // initialNumber is the initial number of images to reserve.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialNumber = 1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Adds a bitmap, and optionally a mask bitmap.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Add.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Adds a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Note that wxImageList creates *new* bitmaps, so you may delete
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // 'bitmap' after calling Add.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int Add(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Adds a bitmap and mask from an icon.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int Add(const wxIcon& icon);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Replaces a bitmap, optionally passing a mask bitmap.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // 'bitmap' and 'mask' after calling Replace.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask = wxNullBitmap);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* Not supported by Win95
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Replacing a bitmap, using the specified colour to create the mask bitmap
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Note that wxImageList creates new bitmaps, so you may delete
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // 'bitmap'.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Replace(int index, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Replaces a bitmap and mask from an icon.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // You can delete 'icon' after calling Replace.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Replace(int index, const wxIcon& icon);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Removes the image at the given index.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Remove(int index);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Remove all images
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool RemoveAll();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Draws the given image on a dc at the specified position.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If 'solidBackground' is TRUE, Draw sets the image list background
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // colour to the background colour of the wxDC, to speed up
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // drawing by eliminating masked drawing where possible.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL, bool solidBackground = FALSE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO (optional?)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxIcon *MakeIcon(int index);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Returns the native image list handle
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXHIMAGELIST GetHIMAGELIST() const { return m_hImageList; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXHIMAGELIST m_hImageList;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										93
									
								
								include/wx/motif/joystick.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										93
									
								
								include/wx/motif/joystick.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        joystick.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxJoystick class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "joystick.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/event.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxJoystick: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   * Public interface
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1) { m_joystick = joystick; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Attributes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPoint GetPosition() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetZPosition() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetButtonState() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetPOVPosition() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetPOVCTSPosition() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetRudderPosition() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetUPosition() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetVPosition() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetMovementThreshold() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Capabilities
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool IsOk() const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetNumberJoysticks() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetManufacturerId() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetProductId() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetProductName() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetXMin() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetYMin() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetZMin() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetXMax() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetYMax() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetZMax() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetNumberButtons() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetNumberAxes() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetMaxButtons() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetMaxAxes() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetPollingMin() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetPollingMax() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetRudderMin() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetRudderMax() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetUMin() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetUMax() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetVMin() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetVMax() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool HasRudder() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool HasZ() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool HasU() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool HasV() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool HasPOV() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool HasPOV4Dir() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool HasPOVCTS() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool ReleaseCapture();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int       m_joystick;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										97
									
								
								include/wx/motif/listbox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										97
									
								
								include/wx/motif/listbox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        listbox.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxListBox class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "listbox.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxListBoxNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// forward decl for GetSelections()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxArrayInt;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxEmptyString;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// List box item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxListBox: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxListBox();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxListBox();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Append(const wxString& item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Append(const wxString& item, char *clientData);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Set(int n, const wxString* choices, char **clientData = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int FindString(const wxString& s) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Clear();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSelection(int n, bool select = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Deselect(int n);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // For single choice list item only
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetSelection() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Delete(int n);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual char *GetClientData(int n) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetClientData(int n, char *clientData);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetString(int n, const wxString& s);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // For single or multiple choice list item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Selected(int n) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetString(int n) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set the specified item at the first visible item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // or scroll to max range.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetFirstItem(int n) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetFirstItem(const wxString& s) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void InsertItems(int nItems, const wxString items[], int pos);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s, bool flag = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int Number() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int       m_noItems;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int       m_selected;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_LISTBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										451
									
								
								include/wx/motif/listctrl.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										451
									
								
								include/wx/motif/listctrl.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        listctrl.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxListCtrl class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "listctrl.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/event.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/imaglist.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    The wxListCtrl can show lists of items in four different modes:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_LIST:   multicolumn list view, with optional small icons (icons could be
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 optional for some platforms). Columns are computed automatically,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 i.e. you don't set columns as in wxLC_REPORT. In other words,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                 the list wraps, unlike a wxListBox.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_REPORT: single or multicolumn report view (with optional header)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_ICON:   large icon view, with optional labels
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_SMALL_ICON: small icon view, with optional labels
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    You can change the style dynamically, either with SetSingleStyle or
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    SetWindowStyleFlag.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Further window styles:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_ALIGN_TOP          icons align to the top (default)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT         icons align to the left
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_AUTOARRANGE        icons arrange themselves
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_USER_TEXT          the app provides label text on demand, except for column headers
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_EDIT_LABELS        labels are editable: app will be notified.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_NO_HEADER          no header in report mode
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_NO_SORT_HEADER     can't click on header
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_SINGLE_SEL         single selection
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING     sort ascending (must still supply a comparison callback in SortItems)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING    sort descending (ditto)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Items are referred to by their index (position in the list starting from zero).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Label text is supplied via insertion/setting functions and is stored by the
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    control, unless the wxLC_USER_TEXT style has been specified, in which case
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    the app will be notified when text is required (see sample).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Images are dealt with by (optionally) associating 3 image lists with the control.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Zero-based indexes into these image lists indicate which image is to be used for
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    which item. Each image in an image list can contain a mask, and can be made out
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    of either a bitmap, two bitmaps or an icon. See ImagList.h for more details.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Notifications are passed via the wxWindows 2.0 event system.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    See the sample wxListCtrl app for API usage.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Mask flags to tell app/GUI what fields of wxListItem are valid
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_MASK_STATE           0x0001
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_MASK_TEXT            0x0002
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE           0x0004
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_MASK_DATA            0x0008
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_SET_ITEM             0x0010
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH           0x0020
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT          0x0040
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// State flags for indicating the state of an item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE       0x0000
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_STATE_DROPHILITED    0x0001
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED        0x0002
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED       0x0004
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_STATE_CUT            0x0008
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Hit test flags, used in HitTest
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ABOVE            0x0001  // Above the client area.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_BELOW            0x0002  // Below the client area.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_NOWHERE          0x0004  // In the client area but below the last item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON       0x0020  // On the bitmap associated with an item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL      0x0080  // On the label (string) associated with an item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT      0x0100  // In the area to the right of an item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON  0x0200  // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TOLEFT           0x0400  // To the left of the client area.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TORIGHT          0x0800  // To the right of the client area.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Flags for GetNextItem
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_NEXT_ABOVE,          // Searches for an item above the specified item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_NEXT_ALL,            // Searches for subsequent item by index
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_NEXT_BELOW,          // Searches for an item below the specified item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_NEXT_LEFT,           // Searches for an item to the left of the specified item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_NEXT_RIGHT,          // Searches for an item to the right of the specified item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Alignment flags for Arrange
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_ALIGN_TOP,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_ALIGN_SNAP_TO_GRID
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Column format
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Autosize values for SetColumnWidth
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_AUTOSIZE = -1,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER = -2
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Flag values for GetItemRect
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_RECT_ICON,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_RECT_LABEL
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Flag values for FindItem
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_FIND_UP,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_FIND_DOWN,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_FIND_LEFT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxLIST_FIND_RIGHT
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxListItem: data representing an item, or report field.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// It also doubles up to represent entire column information
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// when inserting or setting a column.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxListItem: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListItem)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_mask;     // Indicates what fields are valid
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_itemId;   // The zero-based item position
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int             m_col;      // Zero-based column, if in report mode
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_state;    // The state of the item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_stateMask; // Which flags of m_state are valid (uses same flags)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString        m_text;     // The label/header text
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int             m_image;    // The zero-based index into an image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_data;     // App-defined data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // For columns only
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int             m_format;   // left, right, centre
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int             m_width;    // width of column
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxListItem();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// type of compare function for wxListCtrl sort operation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef int (*wxListCtrlCompare)(long item1, long item2, long sortData);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxListCtrl: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   * Public interface
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxListCtrl();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            long style = wxLC_ICON, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            const wxString& name = "listCtrl")
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxListCtrl();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            long style = wxLC_ICON, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = "wxListCtrl");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Attributes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets information about this column
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets information about this column
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the column width
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetColumnWidth(int col) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets the column width
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetColumnWidth(int col, int width) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the number of items that can fit vertically in the
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // visible area of the list control (list or report view)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // or the total number of items in the list control (icon
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // or small icon view)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetCountPerPage() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the edit control for editing labels.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets information about the item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool GetItem(wxListItem& info) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets information about the item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetItem(wxListItem& info) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets a string field at a particular column
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long SetItem(long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the item state
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int  GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets the item state
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets the item image
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the item text
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetItemText(long item) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets the item text
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the item data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long GetItemData(long item) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets the item data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetItemData(long item, long data) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the item rectangle
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRectangle& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the item position
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets the item position
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetItemPosition(long item, const wxPoint& pos) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the number of items in the list control
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetItemCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the number of columns in the list control
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetColumnCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Retrieves the spacing between icons in pixels.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If small is TRUE, gets the spacing for the small icon
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // view, otherwise the large icon view.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetItemSpacing(bool isSmall) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the number of selected items in the list control
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetSelectedItemCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the text colour of the listview
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour GetTextColour() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets the text colour of the listview
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the index of the topmost visible item when in
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // list or report view
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long GetTopItem() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Add or remove a single window style
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSingleStyle(long style, bool add = TRUE) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set the whole window style
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Searches for an item, starting from 'item'.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // item can be -1 to find the first item that matches the
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // specified flags.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Returns the item or -1 if unsuccessful.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long GetNextItem(long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Implementation: converts wxWindows style to MSW style.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Can be a single style flag or a bit list.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // oldStyle is 'normalised' so that it doesn't contain
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // conflicting styles.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long ConvertToMSWStyle(long& oldStyle, long style) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets one of the three image lists
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxImageList *GetImageList(int which) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sets the image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // N.B. There's a quirk in the Win95 list view implementation.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If in wxLC_LIST mode, it'll *still* display images by the labels if
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // there's a small-icon image list set for the control - even though you
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // haven't specified wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE when inserting.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // So you have to set a NULL small-icon image list to be sure that
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // the wxLC_LIST mode works without icons. Of course, you may want icons...
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Arranges the items
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Arrange(int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Deletes an item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool DeleteItem(long item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Deletes all items
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool DeleteAllItems() ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Deletes a column
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool DeleteColumn(int col);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Deletes all columns
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool DeleteAllColumns();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Clears items, and columns if there are any.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void ClearAll();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Edit the label
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Ensures this item is visible
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool EnsureVisible(long item) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Find an item whose label matches this string, starting from the item after 'start'
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long FindItem(long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = FALSE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Find an item whose data matches this data, starting from the item after 'start'
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long FindItem(long start, long data);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Find an item nearest this position in the specified direction, starting from
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // the item after 'start' or the beginning if 'start' is -1.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long FindItem(long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Determines which item (if any) is at the specified point,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // giving details in 'flags' (see wxLIST_HITTEST_... flags above)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Inserts an item, returning the index of the new item if successful,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // -1 otherwise.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // TOD: Should also have some further convenience functions
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // which don't require setting a wxListItem object
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long InsertItem(wxListItem& info);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Insert a string item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Insert an image item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long InsertItem(long index, int imageIndex);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Insert an image/string item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long InsertItem(long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // For list view mode (only), inserts a column.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long InsertColumn(long col, wxListItem& info);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long InsertColumn(long col, const wxString& heading, int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int width = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Scrolls the list control. If in icon, small icon or report view mode,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // x specifies the number of pixels to scroll. If in list view mode, x
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // specifies the number of columns to scroll.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If in icon, small icon or list view mode, y specifies the number of pixels
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // to scroll. If in report view mode, y specifies the number of lines to scroll.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool ScrollList(int dx, int dy);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sort items.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // fn is a function which takes 3 long arguments: item1, item2, data.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // item1 is the long data associated with a first item (NOT the index).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // item2 is the long data associated with a second item (NOT the index).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // data is the same value as passed to SortItems.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // The return value is a negative number if the first item should precede the second
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // item, a positive number of the second item should precede the first,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // or zero if the two items are equivalent.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // data is arbitrary data to be passed to the sort function.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SortItems(wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* Why should we need this function? Leave for now.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * We might need it because item data may have changed,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * but the display needs refreshing (in string callback mode)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Updates an item. If the list control has the wxLI_AUTO_ARRANGE style,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // the items will be rearranged.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Update(long item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl*       m_textCtrl;        // The control used for editing a label
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxImageList *     m_imageListNormal; // The image list for normal icons
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxImageList *     m_imageListSmall;  // The image list for small icons
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxImageList *     m_imageListState;  // The image list state icons (not implemented yet)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long              m_baseStyle;  // Basic Windows style flags, for recreation purposes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxStringList      m_stringPool; // Pool of 3 strings to satisfy Windows callback
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // requirements
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int               m_colCount;   // Windows doesn't have GetColumnCount so must
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // keep track of inserted/deleted columns
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxListEvent: public wxCommandEvent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListEvent)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxListEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_code;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long          m_itemIndex;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long          m_oldItemIndex;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_col;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool          m_cancelled;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPoint       m_pointDrag;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxListItem    m_item;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxListEventFunction)(wxListEvent&);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_GET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_GET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_SET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_SET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_KEY_DOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_INSERT_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_INSERT_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxListEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										164
									
								
								include/wx/motif/mdi.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										164
									
								
								include/wx/motif/mdi.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        mdi.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              This doesn't have to be implemented just like Windows,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              it could be a tabbed design as in wxGTK.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_MDI_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_MDI_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "mdi.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/frame.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxFrameNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxStatusLineNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIParentFrame: public wxFrame
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMDIParentFrame();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,  // Scrolling refers to client window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxMDIParentFrame();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gets the size available for subwindows after menu size, toolbar size
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // and status bar size have been subtracted. If you want to manage your own
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // toolbar(s), don't call SetToolBar.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get the active MDI child window (Windows only)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get the client window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxMDIClientWindow *GetClientWindow() const { return m_clientWindow; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Create the client window class (don't Create the window,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // just return a new class)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient() ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // MDI operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Cascade();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Tile();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ArrangeIcons();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ActivateNext();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ActivatePrevious();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // TODO maybe have this member
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMDIClientWindow     *m_clientWindow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIChildFrame: public wxFrame
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMDIChildFrame();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxMDIChildFrame();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set menu bar
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menu_bar);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetClientSize(int width, int height);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // MDI operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Maximize();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Restore();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Activate();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* The client window is a child of the parent MDI frame, and itself
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * contains the child MDI frames.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * However, you create the MDI children as children of the MDI parent:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * only in the implementation does the client window become the parent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * of the children. Phew! So the children are sort of 'adopted'...
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMDIClientWindow: public wxWindow
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMDIClientWindow() ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxMDIClientWindow(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      CreateClient(parent, style);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxMDIClientWindow();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Note: this is virtual, to allow overridden behaviour.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Explicitly call default scroll behaviour
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnScroll(wxScrollEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_MDI_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										170
									
								
								include/wx/motif/menu.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										170
									
								
								include/wx/motif/menu.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        menu.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxMenu, wxMenuBar classes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_MENU_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "menu.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/defs.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/event.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuItem;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxEmptyString;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Menu
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu: public wxEvtHandler
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ctor & dtor
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenu(const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, const wxFunction func = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxMenu();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // construct menu
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // append items to the menu
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // separator line
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void AppendSeparator();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // normal item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Append(int id, const wxString& Label, const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              bool checkable = FALSE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // a submenu
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Append(int id, const wxString& Label, wxMenu *SubMenu, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // the most generic form (create wxMenuItem first and use it's functions)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Append(wxMenuItem *pItem);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // insert a break in the menu
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Break();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // delete an item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Delete(int id);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // menu item control
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Enable(int id, bool Flag);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Enabled(int id) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool IsEnabled(int id) const { return Enabled(id); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Check(int id, bool Flag);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Checked(int id) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool IsChecked(int id) const { return IsChecked(id); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // item properties
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // title
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetTitle(const wxString& label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  const wxString GetTitle() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // label
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetLabel(int id, const wxString& label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetLabel(int id) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // help string
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetHelpString(int id, const wxString& helpString);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetHelpString(int id) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // find item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Finds the item id matching the given string, -1 if not found.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int FindItem(const wxString& itemString) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Find wxMenuItem by ID, and item's menu too if itemMenu is !NULL.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenuItem *FindItemForId(int itemId, wxMenu **itemMenu = NULL) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void Callback(const wxFunction func) { m_callback = func; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetParent(wxEvtHandler *parent) { m_parent = parent; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_eventHandler = handler; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() { return m_eventHandler; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxList& GetItems() const { return (wxList&) m_menuItems; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  //// Motif-specific
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXWidget GetButtonWidget() const { return m_buttonWidget; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXWidget GetMainWidget() const { return m_menuWidget; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxFunction        m_callback;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int               m_noItems;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString          m_title;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenuBar *       m_menuBar;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxList            m_menuItems;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxEvtHandler *    m_parent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxEvtHandler *    m_eventHandler;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  //// Motif-specific
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int               m_numColumns;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget          m_menuWidget;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget          m_popupShell;   // For holding the popup shell widget
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget          m_buttonWidget; // The actual string, so we can grey it etc.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int               m_menuId;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenu*           m_topMenu ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenu*           m_menuParent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool              m_ownedByMenuBar;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Menu Bar (a la Windows)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFrame;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuBar: public wxEvtHandler
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenuBar();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenuBar(int n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[]);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxMenuBar();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Append(wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Must only be used AFTER menu has been attached to frame,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // otherwise use individual menus to enable/disable items
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Enable(int Id, bool Flag);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Enabled(int Id) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool IsEnabled(int Id) const { return Enabled(Id); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void EnableTop(int pos, bool Flag);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Check(int id, bool Flag);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Checked(int id) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool IsChecked(int Id) const { return Checked(Id); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetLabel(int id, const wxString& label) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetLabel(int id) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetLabelTop(int pos, const wxString& label) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetLabelTop(int pos) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Delete(wxMenu *menu, int index = 0); /* Menu not destroyed */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool OnAppend(wxMenu *menu, const char *title);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool OnDelete(wxMenu *menu, int index);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetHelpString(int Id, const wxString& helpString);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetHelpString(int Id) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menuString, const wxString& itemString) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Find wxMenuItem for item ID, and return item's
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // menu too if itemMenu is non-NULL.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenuItem *FindItemForId(int itemId, wxMenu **menuForItem = NULL) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_eventHandler = handler; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() { return m_eventHandler; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetMenuCount() const { return m_menuCount; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxMenu* GetMenu(int i) const { return m_menus[i]; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxEvtHandler *            m_eventHandler;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                       m_menuCount;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMenu **                 m_menus;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString *                m_titles;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxFrame *                 m_menuBarFrame;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: data that represents the actual menubar when created.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif // _WX_MENU_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										101
									
								
								include/wx/motif/metafile.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										101
									
								
								include/wx/motif/metafile.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        metafile.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxMetaFile, wxMetaFileDC classes.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              This probably should be restricted to Windows platforms,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              but if there is an equivalent on your platform, great.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_METAFIILE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_METAFIILE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "metafile.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/setup.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Metafile and metafile device context classes - work in Windows 3.1 only
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 *
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetaFile: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetaFile)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMetaFile(const wxString& file = "");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxMetaFile();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // After this is called, the metafile cannot be used for anything
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // since it is now owned by the clipboard.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool SetClipboard(int width = 0, int height = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Play(wxDC *dc);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // TODO
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool Ok() { return FALSE; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXHANDLE GetHMETAFILE() { return m_metaFile; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetHMETAFILE(WXHANDLE mf) { m_metaFile = mf; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXHANDLE m_metaFile;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMetaFileDC: public wxDC
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMetaFileDC)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Don't supply origin and extent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Supply them to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable instead.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMetaFileDC(const wxString& file = "");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Supply origin and extent (recommended).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Then don't need to supply them to wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMetaFileDC(const wxString& file, int xext, int yext, int xorg, int yorg);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxMetaFileDC();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Should be called at end of drawing
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxMetaFile *Close();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetMapMode(int mode);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, float *x, float *y,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     float *descent = NULL, float *externalLeading = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                     wxFont *theFont = NULL, bool use16bit = FALSE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxMetaFile *GetMetaFile() { return m_metaFile; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetMetaFile(wxMetaFile *mf) { m_metaFile = mf; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetWindowsMappingMode() { return m_windowsMappingMode; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetWindowsMappingMode(int mm) { m_windowsMappingMode = mm; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int m_windowsMappingMode;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxMetaFile *m_metaFile;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Pass filename of existing non-placeable metafile, and bounding box.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Adds a placeable metafile header, sets the mapping mode to anisotropic,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * and sets the window origin and extent to mimic the MM_TEXT mapping mode.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 *
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// No origin or extent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, float scale = 1.0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Optional origin and extent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable(const wxString& filename, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, float scale = 1.0, bool useOriginAndExtent = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_METAFIILE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										46
									
								
								include/wx/motif/minifram.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										46
									
								
								include/wx/motif/minifram.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        minifram.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxMiniFrame class. A small frame for e.g. floating toolbars.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              If there is no equivalent on your platform, just make it a
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              normal frame.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "minifram.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/frame.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMiniFrame: public wxFrame {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMiniFrame)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxMiniFrame() {}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE|wxTINY_CAPTION_HORIZ,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // Use wxFrame constructor in absence of more specific code.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxMiniFrame() {}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_MINIFRAM_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										50
									
								
								include/wx/motif/msgdlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										50
									
								
								include/wx/motif/msgdlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        msgdlg.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxMessageDialog class. Use generic version if no
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              platform-specific implementation.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "msgdlg.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/setup.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dialog.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Message box dialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxMessageBoxCaptionStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageDialog: public wxDialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString    m_caption;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString    m_message;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long        m_dialogStyle;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxWindow *  m_parent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message, const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int ShowModal();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					int WXDLLEXPORT wxMessageBox(const wxString& message, const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWindow *parent = NULL, int x = -1, int y = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_MSGBOXDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										204
									
								
								include/wx/motif/notebook.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										204
									
								
								include/wx/motif/notebook.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        notebook.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     MSW/GTK compatible notebook (a.k.a. property sheet)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "notebook.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// headers
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dynarray.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/event.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// types
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// fwd declarations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// array of notebook pages
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef wxWindow wxNotebookPage;  // so far, any window can be a page
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(wxNotebookPage *, wxArrayPages);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// notebook events
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookEvent : public wxCommandEvent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxNotebookEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                  int nSel = -1, int nOldSel = -1)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id) { m_nSel = nSel; m_nOldSel = nOldSel; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // accessors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetSelection() const { return m_nSel; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetOldSelection() const { return m_nOldSel; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					private:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int m_nSel,     // currently selected page
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      m_nOldSel;  // previously selected page
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookEvent)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// wxNotebook
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// @@@ this class should really derive from wxTabCtrl, but the interface is not
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//     exactly the same, so I can't do it right now and instead we reimplement
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//     part of wxTabCtrl here
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class wxNotebook : public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ctors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // -----
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // default for dynamic class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxNotebook();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             wxWindowID id, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             const wxString& name = "notebook");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Create() function
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              wxWindowID id, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              const wxString& name = "notebook");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // dtor
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxNotebook();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // accessors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ---------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // get number of pages in the dialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetPageCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // selected one (or -1 on error)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int SetSelection(int nPage);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // cycle thru the tabs
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // get the currently selected page
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // set/get the title of a page
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetPageText(int nPage, const wxString& strText);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetPageText(int nPage) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // image list stuff: each page may have an image associated with it. All
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // the images belong to an image list, so you have to
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // 1) create an image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // 2) associate it with the notebook
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // 3) set for each page it's image
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // associate image list with a control
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // get pointer (may be NULL) to the associated image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxImageList* GetImageList() const { return m_pImageList; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int  GetPageImage(int nPage) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool SetPageImage(int nPage, int nImage);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // currently it's always 1 because wxGTK doesn't support multi-row
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // tab controls
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetRowCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // control the appearance of the notebook pages
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // set the size (the same for all pages)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ----------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // remove one page from the notebook
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool DeletePage(int nPage);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // remove all pages
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool DeleteAllPages();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // adds a new page to the notebook (it will be deleted ny the notebook,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // don't delete it yourself). If bSelect, this page becomes active.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool AddPage(wxNotebookPage *pPage,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					               const wxString& strText,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					               bool bSelect = FALSE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					               int imageId = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool InsertPage(int nPage,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                  wxNotebookPage *pPage,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                  const wxString& strText,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                  bool bSelect = FALSE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                  int imageId = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // get the panel which represents the given page
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxNotebookPage *GetPage(int nPage) { return m_aPages[nPage]; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // callbacks
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ---------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // base class virtuals
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // -------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // common part of all ctors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Init();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // helper functions
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel); // change pages
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxImageList  *m_pImageList; // we can have an associated image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxArrayPages  m_aPages;     // array of pages
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int m_nSelection;           // the current selection (-1 if none)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// event macros
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNotebookEventFunction)(wxNotebookEvent&);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn)                                   \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {                                                                         \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED,                                    \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    id,                                                                     \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    -1,                                                                     \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxNotebookEventFunction) &fn,  \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    NULL                                                                    \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn)                                  \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {                                                                         \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, \                                 \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    id,                                                                     \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    -1,                                                                     \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    (wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction)(wxNotebookEventFunction) &fn,  \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    NULL                                                                    \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										65
									
								
								include/wx/motif/palette.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										65
									
								
								include/wx/motif/palette.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        palette.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxPalette class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_PALETTE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "palette.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPaletteRefData: public wxGDIRefData
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxPaletteRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxPaletteRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 WXHPALETTE m_hPalette;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_PALETTEDATA ((wxPaletteRefData *)m_refData)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPalette: public wxGDIObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPalette();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPalette(const wxPalette& palette) { Ref(palette); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPalette(const wxPalette* palette) { UnRef(); if (palette) Ref(*palette); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPalette(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxPalette();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetPixel(const unsigned char red, const unsigned char green, const unsigned char blue) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool GetRGB(int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPalette& operator = (const wxPalette& palette) { if (*this == palette) return (*this); Ref(palette); return *this; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator == (const wxPalette& palette) { return m_refData == palette.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator != (const wxPalette& palette) { return m_refData != palette.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline WXHPALETTE GetHPALETTE() const { return (M_PALETTEDATA ? M_PALETTEDATA->m_hPalette : 0); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetHPALETTE(WXHPALETTE pal);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_PALETTE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										104
									
								
								include/wx/motif/pen.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										104
									
								
								include/wx/motif/pen.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        pen.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxPen class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_PEN_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "pen.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/colour.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/bitmap.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef    long wxDash ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPenRefData: public wxGDIRefData
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxPenRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxPenRefData(const wxPenRefData& data);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxPenRefData();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_width;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_style;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_join ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_cap ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap      m_stipple ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_nbDash ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxDash *      m_dash ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour      m_colour;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXHPEN        m_hPen;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define M_PENDATA ((wxPenRefData *)m_refData)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Pen
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen: public wxGDIObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPen();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width, int style);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPen(const wxString& col, int width, int style);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPen(const wxBitmap& stipple, int width);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPen(const wxPen& pen) { Ref(pen); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPen(const wxPen* pen) { if (pen) Ref(*pen); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxPen();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPen& operator = (const wxPen& pen) { if (*this == pen) return (*this); Ref(pen); return *this; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator == (const wxPen& pen) { return m_refData == pen.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool operator != (const wxPen& pen) { return m_refData != pen.m_refData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Ok() const { return (m_refData != NULL) ; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Override in order to recreate the pen
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetColour(const wxColour& col) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetColour(const wxString& col)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetColour(const unsigned char r, const unsigned char g, const unsigned char b)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetWidth(int width)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetStyle(int style)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetJoin(int join)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetCap(int cap)  ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxColour& GetColour() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_colour : wxNullColour); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetWidth() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_width : 0); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetStyle() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_style : 0); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetJoin() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_join : 0); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetCap() const { return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_cap : 0); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					     *ptr = (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_dash : (wxDash*) NULL); return (M_PENDATA ? M_PENDATA->m_nbDash : 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap *GetStipple() const { return (M_PENDATA ? (& M_PENDATA->m_stipple) : (wxBitmap*) NULL); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Useful helper: create the brush resource
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool RealizeResource();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // When setting properties, we must make sure we're not changing
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // another object
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Unshare();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_PEN_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										56
									
								
								include/wx/motif/print.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										56
									
								
								include/wx/motif/print.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        print.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxPrinter, wxPrintPreview classes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_PRINT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_PRINT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "print.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/prntbase.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrinter: public wxPrinterBase
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrinter)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPrinter(wxPrintData *data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxPrinter();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * wxPrintPreview
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Programmer creates an object of this class to preview a wxPrintout.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintPreview: public wxPrintPreviewBase
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintPreview)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL, wxPrintData *data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxPrintPreview();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Print(bool interactive);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void DetermineScaling();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_PRINT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										70
									
								
								include/wx/motif/printdlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										70
									
								
								include/wx/motif/printdlg.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        printdlg.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxPrintDialog, wxPageSetupDialog classes.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              Use generic, PostScript version if no
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              platform-specific implementation.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "printdlg.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/dialog.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/cmndata.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * wxPrinterDialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * The common dialog for printing.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPrintDialog: public wxDialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialog)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPrintDialog();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxPrintDialog();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int ShowModal();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 private:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPrintData       m_printData;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxDC*             m_printerDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWindow*         m_dialogParent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPageSetupDialog: public wxDialog
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 private:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPageSetupData   m_pageSetupData;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWindow*         m_dialogParent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPageSetupDialog();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupData *data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxPageSetupDialog();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupData *data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int ShowModal();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPageSetupData& GetPageSetupData() { return m_pageSetupData; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_PRINTDLG_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										28
									
								
								include/wx/motif/private.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										28
									
								
								include/wx/motif/private.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        private.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     Private declarations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_PRIVATE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_PRIVATE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/defs.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* Put any private declarations here.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					extern void wxWidgetResizeProc(Widget w, XConfigureEvent *event, String args[], int *num_args);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					extern wxHashTable *wxWidgetHashTable;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					extern void wxDeleteWindowFromTable(Widget w);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromTable(Widget w);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					extern bool wxAddWindowToTable(Widget w, wxWindow *win);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_PRIVATE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										88
									
								
								include/wx/motif/radiobox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										88
									
								
								include/wx/motif/radiobox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        radiobox.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxRadioBox class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "radiobox.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxRadioBoxNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// List box item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioBox: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxRadioBox();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, style, val, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxRadioBox();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             int majorDim = 0, long style = wxRA_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					             const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int FindString(const wxString& s) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSelection(int N);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetSelection() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetString(int N) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetSize(int *x, int *y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetLabel() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetLabel(int item, const wxString& label) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString GetLabel(int item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Show(bool show);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetFocus();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Enable(bool enable);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Enable(int item, bool enable);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Show(int item, bool show) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetLabelFont(const wxFont& WXUNUSED(font)) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetButtonFont(const wxFont& font) { SetFont(font); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual int Number() const { return m_noItems; } ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetNumberOfRowsOrCols() const { return m_noRowsOrCols; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetNumberOfRowsOrCols(int n) { m_noRowsOrCols = n; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXHWND *          m_radioButtons;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int               m_majorDim ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int               m_noItems;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int               m_noRowsOrCols;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int               m_selectedButton;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_RADIOBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										90
									
								
								include/wx/motif/radiobut.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										90
									
								
								include/wx/motif/radiobut.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        radiobut.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxRadioButton class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     01/02/97
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "radiobut.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxRadioButtonNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxRadioButton: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxRadioButton() {}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetValue(bool val);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool GetValue() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Not implemented
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#if 0
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmapRadioButton: public wxRadioButton
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapRadioButton)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap *theButtonBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmapRadioButton() { theButtonBitmap = NULL; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmapRadioButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxBitmap *label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxBitmap *label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxBitmapRadioButtonNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetLabel(const wxBitmap *label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetValue(bool val) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool GetValue() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_RADIOBUT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										135
									
								
								include/wx/motif/region.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										135
									
								
								include/wx/motif/region.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        region.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxRegion class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_REGION_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_REGION_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "region.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/list.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum wxRegionContain {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxOutRegion = 0, wxPartRegion = 1, wxInRegion = 2
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// So far, for internal use only
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum wxRegionOp {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					wxRGN_AND,          // Creates the intersection of the two combined regions.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					wxRGN_COPY,         // Creates a copy of the region identified by hrgnSrc1.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					wxRGN_DIFF,         // Combines the parts of hrgnSrc1 that are not part of hrgnSrc2.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					wxRGN_OR,           // Creates the union of two combined regions.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					wxRGN_XOR           // Creates the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegion : public wxGDIObject {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						friend class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionIterator;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxRegion(long x, long y, long w, long h);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxRegion(const wxRect& rect);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxRegion();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						~wxRegion();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						//# Copying
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline wxRegion(const wxRegion& r)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
							{ Ref(r); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline wxRegion& operator = (const wxRegion& r)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
							{ Ref(r); return (*this); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						//# Modify region
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Clear current region
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						void Clear();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Union rectangle or region with this.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Union(long x, long y, long width, long height) { return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_OR); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Union(const wxRect& rect) { return Combine(rect, wxRGN_OR); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Union(const wxRegion& region) { return Combine(region, wxRGN_OR); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Intersect rectangle or region with this.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Intersect(long x, long y, long width, long height) { return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_AND); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Intersect(const wxRect& rect)  { return Combine(rect, wxRGN_AND); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Intersect(const wxRegion& region)  { return Combine(region, wxRGN_AND); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Subtract rectangle or region from this:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Combines the parts of 'this' that are not part of the second region.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Subtract(long x, long y, long width, long height) { return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_DIFF); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Subtract(const wxRect& rect)  { return Combine(rect, wxRGN_DIFF); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Subtract(const wxRegion& region)  { return Combine(region, wxRGN_DIFF); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// XOR: the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Xor(long x, long y, long width, long height) { return Combine(x, y, width, height, wxRGN_XOR); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Xor(const wxRect& rect)  { return Combine(rect, wxRGN_XOR); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						inline bool Xor(const wxRegion& region)  { return Combine(region, wxRGN_XOR); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						//# Information on region
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Outer bounds of region
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						void GetBox(long& x, long& y, long&w, long &h) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxRect GetBox() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Is region empty?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						bool Empty() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline bool IsEmpty() const { return Empty(); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						//# Tests
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Does the region contain the point (x,y)?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxRegionContain Contains(long x, long y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Does the region contain the point pt?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxRegionContain Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Does the region contain the rectangle (x, y, w, h)?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxRegionContain Contains(long x, long y, long w, long h) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// Does the region contain the rectangle rect?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxRegionContain Contains(const wxRect& rect) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Internal
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						bool Combine(long x, long y, long width, long height, wxRegionOp op);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						bool Combine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						bool Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxRegionIterator : public wxObject {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIterator);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxRegionIterator();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						~wxRegionIterator();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						void Reset() { m_current = 0; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						void Reset(const wxRegion& region);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						operator bool () const { return m_current < m_numRects; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						bool HaveRects() const { return m_current < m_numRects; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						void operator ++ ();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						void operator ++ (int);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						long GetX() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						long GetY() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						long GetW() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						long GetWidth() const { return GetW(); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						long GetH() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						long GetHeight() const { return GetH(); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					private:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						long	 m_current;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						long	 m_numRects;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxRegion m_region;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxRect*  m_rects;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						// _WX_REGION_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										68
									
								
								include/wx/motif/scrolbar.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										68
									
								
								include/wx/motif/scrolbar.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        scrollbar.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxScrollBar class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "scrolbar.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxScrollBarNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Scrollbar item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxScrollBar: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxScrollBar() { m_pageSize = 0; m_viewSize = 0; m_objectSize = 0; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxScrollBar();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxScrollBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetPosition() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetThumbSize() const { return m_pageSize; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetPageSize() const { return m_viewSize; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetRange() const { return m_objectSize; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetPosition(int viewStart);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize, int range, int pageSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool refresh = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int m_pageSize;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int m_viewSize;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int m_objectSize;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										133
									
								
								include/wx/motif/settings.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										133
									
								
								include/wx/motif/settings.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        settings.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxSystemSettings class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_SETTINGS_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_SETTINGS_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "settings.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/setup.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/defs.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/object.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/colour.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/font.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_WHITE_BRUSH         0
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_LTGRAY_BRUSH        1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_GRAY_BRUSH          2
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_DKGRAY_BRUSH        3
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_BLACK_BRUSH         4
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_NULL_BRUSH          5
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_HOLLOW_BRUSH        wxSYS_NULL_BRUSH
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_WHITE_PEN           6
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_BLACK_PEN           7
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_NULL_PEN            8
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_OEM_FIXED_FONT      10
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_ANSI_FIXED_FONT     11
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_ANSI_VAR_FONT       12
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_SYSTEM_FONT         13
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_FONT 14
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_DEFAULT_PALETTE     15
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT   16 // Obsolete
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT    17
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_SCROLLBAR         0
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND        1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION     2
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTION   3
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_MENU              4
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW            5
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWFRAME       6
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUTEXT          7
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT        8
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_CAPTIONTEXT       9
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVEBORDER      10
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVEBORDER    11
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE      12
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT         13
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT     14
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE           15
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW         16
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT          17
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNTEXT           18
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT 19
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT      20
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW        21
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT           22
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT          23
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK            24
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_DESKTOP           wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE            wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW          wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT       wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT         wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHILIGHT        wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Metrics
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_MOUSE_BUTTONS           1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_BORDER_X                2
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_BORDER_Y                3
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_CURSOR_X                4
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_CURSOR_Y                5
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_DCLICK_X                6
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_DCLICK_Y                7
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_DRAG_X                  8
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_DRAG_Y                  9
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_EDGE_X                  10
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_EDGE_Y                  11
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_X         12
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_Y         13
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_HTHUMB_X                14
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_ICON_X                  15
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_ICON_Y                  16
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_ICONSPACING_X           17
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_ICONSPACING_Y           18
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_X             19
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_Y             20
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_SCREEN_X                21
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_SCREEN_Y                22
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_X             23
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_Y             24
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_SMALLICON_X             25
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_SMALLICON_Y             26
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y               27
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_VSCROLL_X               28
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_X         29
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_Y         30
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_VTHUMB_Y                31
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_CAPTION_Y               32
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_MENU_Y                  33
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_NETWORK_PRESENT         34
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_PENWINDOWS_PRESENT      35
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_SHOW_SOUNDS             36
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxSYS_SWAP_BUTTONS            37
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxSystemSettings: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxSystemSettings() {}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get a system colour
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    static wxColour    GetSystemColour(int index);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get a system font
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    static wxFont      GetSystemFont(int index);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get a system metric, e.g. scrollbar size
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    static int         GetSystemMetric(int index);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_SETTINGS_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										120
									
								
								include/wx/motif/setup.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										120
									
								
								include/wx/motif/setup.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        setup.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     Configuration for the library
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_SETUP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_SETUP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * General features
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 *
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_CONSTRAINTS       1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // Use constraints mechanism
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_CONFIG           1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // Use wxConfig, with CreateConfig in wxApp
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_GOODCOMPILER__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // gcc can have problems, but Windows compilers
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // are generally OK.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY  1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // Compatibility with 1.66 API.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // Level 0: no backward compatibility, all new features
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // Level 1: wxDC, OnSize (etc.) compatibility, but
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                //          some new features such as event tables
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_POSTSCRIPT  1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                        	// 0 for no PostScript device context
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 0
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // 1 to use font metric files in GetTextExtent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_METAFILE    1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // 0 for no Metafile and metafile device context
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_IPC         1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // 0 for no interprocess comms
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_HELP        1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                // 0 for no help facility
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_RESOURCES   1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                        	// 0 for no wxGetResource/wxWriteResource
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_CLIPBOARD   1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                        	// 0 for no clipboard functions
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_SPLINES     1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                            	// 0 for no splines
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_XFIG_SPLINE_CODE  1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                           	// 1 for XFIG spline code, 0 for AIAI spline code.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// AIAI spline code is slower, but freer of copyright issues.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                            	// 0 for no splines
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_TOOLBAR     1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                            // Use toolbars
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                        	// 0 for no drag and drop
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_WX_RESOURCES        1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // Use .wxr resource mechanism (requires PrologIO library)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // Set to 0 to disable document/view architecture
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE  1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                    // Set to 0 to disable print/preview architecture code
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                    // Set to 0 to disable PostScript print/preview architecture code
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                    // under Windows (just use Windows printing).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES     1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // If 1, enables provision of run-time type information.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // NOW MANDATORY: don't change.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_MEMORY_TRACING      1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // If 1, enables debugging versions of wxObject::new and
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // wxObject::delete *IF* WXDEBUG is also defined.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // WARNING: this code may not work with all architectures, especially
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // if alignment is an issue.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_DEBUG_CONTEXT       1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // If 1, enables wxDebugContext, for
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // writing error messages to file, etc. 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // If WXDEBUG is not defined, will still use
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // normal memory operators.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // It's recommended to set this to 1,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // since you may well need to output
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // an error log in a production
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // version (or non-debugging beta)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // In debug mode, cause new and delete to be redefined globally.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // If this causes problems (e.g. link errors), set this to 0.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define REMOVE_UNUSED_ARG 1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // Set this to 0 if your compiler can't cope
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // with omission of prototype parameters.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_C_MAIN 0
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // Set to 1 to use main.c instead of main.cpp (UNIX only)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_ODBC                   0
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                    // Define 1 to use ODBC classes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_IOSTREAMH     1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // VC++ 4.2 and above allows <iostream> and <iostream.h>
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // but you can't mix them. Set to 1 for <iostream.h>,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // 0 for <iostream>
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_WXCONFIG      1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // if enabled, compiles built-in OS independent wxConfig
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // class and it's file (any platform) and registry (Win)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                  // based implementations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Finer detail
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 *
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define USE_APPLE_IEEE	  1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
									// if enabled, the float codec written by Apple
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
									// will be used to write, in a portable way,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
									// float on the disk
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_SETUP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										91
									
								
								include/wx/motif/slider.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										91
									
								
								include/wx/motif/slider.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        slider.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxSlider class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_SLIDER_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "slider.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxSliderNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Slider
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxSlider: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxSlider();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxSlider(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxSlider();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetValue() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetValue(int);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetSize(int *x, int *y) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Show(bool show);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetMin() const { return m_rangeMin; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetMax() const { return m_rangeMax; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // For trackbars only
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetTickFreq(int n, int pos);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetTickFreq() const { return m_tickFreq; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetPageSize() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void ClearSel() ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void ClearTicks() ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetLineSize() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetSelEnd() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetSelStart() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSelection(int minPos, int maxPos);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetThumbLength(int len) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetThumbLength() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetTick(int tickPos) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_rangeMin;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_rangeMax;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_pageSize;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_lineSize;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_tickFreq;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_SLIDER_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										97
									
								
								include/wx/motif/spinbutt.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										97
									
								
								include/wx/motif/spinbutt.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        spinbutt.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxSpinButton class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "spinbutt.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/event.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    The wxSpinButton is like a small scrollbar than is often placed next
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    to a text control.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxSP_HORIZONTAL:   horizontal spin button
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxSP_VERTICAL:     vertical spin button (the default)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS:   arrow keys increment/decrement value
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxSP_WRAP:         value wraps at either end
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinButton: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   * Public interface
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxSpinButton();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            long style = wxSP_VERTICAL, const wxString& name = "wxSpinButton")
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxSpinButton();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            long style = wxSP_VERTICAL, const wxString& name = "wxSpinButton");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Attributes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int GetValue() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetValue(int val) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetMin() const { return m_min; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetMax() const { return m_max; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int   m_min;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int   m_max;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxSpinEvent: public wxScrollEvent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinEvent)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxSpinEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSpinEventFunction)(wxSpinEvent&);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Spin events
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_SPIN_UP(id, func) { wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_SPIN_DOWN(id, func) { wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_SPIN(id, func) \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  { wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func },\
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  { wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func },\
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  { wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func },\
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  { wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func },\
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  { wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func },\
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  { wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func },\
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  { wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxSpinEventFunction) & func },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_SPINBUTT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										64
									
								
								include/wx/motif/statbmp.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										64
									
								
								include/wx/motif/statbmp.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        statbmp.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxStaticBitmap class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_STATBMP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "statbmp.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxStaticBitmapNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBitmap: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxStaticBitmap() { }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxBitmap& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxBitmap& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return (wxBitmap&) m_messageBitmap; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // overriden base class virtuals
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return FALSE; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxBitmap m_messageBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_STATBMP_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										57
									
								
								include/wx/motif/statbox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										57
									
								
								include/wx/motif/statbox.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        statbox.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxStaticBox class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_STATBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_STATBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "statbox.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxStaticBoxNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Group box
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticBox: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxStaticBox() {}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxStaticBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxStaticBoxNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_STATBOX_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										56
									
								
								include/wx/motif/stattext.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										56
									
								
								include/wx/motif/stattext.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        stattext.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxStaticText class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "stattext.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxStaticTextNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxStaticText: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticText)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxStaticText() { }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // accessors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetLabel(const wxString&);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ProcessCommand(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_STATTEXT_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										54
									
								
								include/wx/motif/statusbr.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										54
									
								
								include/wx/motif/statusbr.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        statusbr.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     native implementation of wxStatusBar. Optional; can use generic
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              version instead.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:     wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef   _WX_STATBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define   _WX_STATBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "statbar.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/generic/statusbr.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxStatusBarXX : public wxStatusBar
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarXX);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ctors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxStatusBarXX();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxStatusBarXX(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // create status line
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, long style = wxST_SIZEGRIP);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // a status line can have several (<256) fields numbered from 0
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, const int widths[] = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // each field of status line has its own text
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void     SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetStatusText(int number = 0) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // set status line fields' widths
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void CopyFieldsWidth(const int widths[]);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetFieldsWidth();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_STATBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										138
									
								
								include/wx/motif/tabctrl.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										138
									
								
								include/wx/motif/tabctrl.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        tabctrl.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxTabCtrl class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_TABCTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_TABCTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "tabctrl.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class wxImageList;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Flags returned by HitTest
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTAB_HITTEST_NOWHERE           1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONICON            2
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONLABEL           4
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTAB_HITTEST_ONITEM            6
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabCtrl: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabCtrl)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   /*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    * Public interface
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTabCtrl();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxTabCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            long style = 0, const wxString& name = "tabCtrl")
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxTabCtrl();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Accessors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get the selection
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int GetSelection() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get the tab with the current keyboard focus
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int GetCurFocus() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get the associated image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxImageList* GetImageList() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get the number of items
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int GetItemCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get the rect corresponding to the tab
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool GetItemRect(int item, wxRect& rect) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get the number of rows
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int GetRowCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get the item text
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString GetItemText(int item) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get the item image
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int GetItemImage(int item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Get the item data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void* GetItemData(int item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Set the selection
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int SetSelection(int item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Set the image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Set the text for an item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SetItemText(int item, const wxString& text);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Set the image for an item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SetItemImage(int item, int image);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Set the data for an item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SetItemData(int item, void* data);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Set the size for a fixed-width tab control
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void SetItemSize(const wxSize& size);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Set the padding between tabs
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                long style = 0, const wxString& name = "tabCtrl");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Delete all items
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool DeleteAllItems();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Delete an item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool DeleteItem(int item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Hit test
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long& flags);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Insert an item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool InsertItem(int item, const wxString& text, int imageId = -1, void* data = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxImageList*    m_imageList;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabEvent: public wxCommandEvent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabEvent)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTabEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTabEventFunction)(wxTabEvent&);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TAB_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGED, \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTabEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TAB_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TAB_SEL_CHANGING, \
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTabEventFunction) & fn, NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_TABCTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										49
									
								
								include/wx/motif/taskbar.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										49
									
								
								include/wx/motif/taskbar.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// File:        taskbar.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:	    Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for manipulating icons on the
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              task bar. Optional.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_TASKBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_TASKBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "taskbar.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include <wx/list.h>
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include <wx/icon.h>
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class wxTaskBarIcon: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						wxTaskBarIcon();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
						virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Accessors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = "");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool RemoveIcon();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Overridables
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void OnMouseMove();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void OnLButtonDown();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void OnLButtonUp();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void OnRButtonDown();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void OnRButtonUp();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void OnLButtonDClick();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    virtual void OnRButtonDClick();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Data members
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_TASKBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										139
									
								
								include/wx/motif/textctrl.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										139
									
								
								include/wx/motif/textctrl.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        textctrl.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxTextCtrl class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "textctrl.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#if USE_IOSTREAMH
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include <iostream.h>
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#else
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include <iostream>
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxTextCtrlNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxEmptyString;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Single-line text item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTextCtrl: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// TODO Some platforms/compilers don't like inheritance from streambuf.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#if (defined(__BORLANDC__) && !defined(__WIN32__)) || defined(__MWERKS__)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					, public streambuf
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // creation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // --------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                    const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                    const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                    const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                    const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                    const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    :streambuf()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					              const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // accessors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ---------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetValue() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ----------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Clipboard operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Copy();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Cut();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Paste();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual long GetLastPosition() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // streambuf implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef NO_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int overflow(int i);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int sync();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int underflow();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxString& s);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl& operator<<(int i);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl& operator<<(long i);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl& operator<<(float f);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl& operator<<(double d);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const char c);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& file);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void DiscardEdits();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsModified() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Clear();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // callbacks
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // ---------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//  void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); // Process 'enter' if required
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//  void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // --------------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString  m_fileName;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										57
									
								
								include/wx/motif/timer.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										57
									
								
								include/wx/motif/timer.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        timer.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxTimer class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_TIMER_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_TIMER_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "timer.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/object.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTimer: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimer)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTimer();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxTimer();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1,bool one_shot = FALSE); // Start timer
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Stop();                   // Stop timer
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Notify() = 0;             // Override this member
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int Interval() { return m_milli ; }; // Returns the current interval time (0 if stop)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool      m_oneShot ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int       m_milli ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int       m_lastMilli ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long      m_id;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* Note: these are implemented in common/timercmn.cpp, so need to implement them separately.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * But you may need to modify timercmn.cpp.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Timer functions (milliseconds)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					void WXDLLEXPORT wxStartTimer();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Gets time since last wxStartTimer or wxGetElapsedTime
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					long WXDLLEXPORT wxGetElapsedTime(bool resetTimer = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// EXPERIMENTAL: comment this out if it doesn't compile.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					bool WXDLLEXPORT wxGetLocalTime(long *timeZone, int *dstObserved);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Get number of seconds since 00:00:00 GMT, Jan 1st 1970.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					long WXDLLEXPORT wxGetCurrentTime();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_TIMER_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										77
									
								
								include/wx/motif/toolbar.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										77
									
								
								include/wx/motif/toolbar.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        toolbar.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxToolBar class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "toolbar.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/tbarbase.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxToolBarNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxToolBar: public wxToolBarBase
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   * Public interface
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxToolBar();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxToolBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxToolBar();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            long style = wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					            const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If pushedBitmap is NULL, a reversed version of bitmap is
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // created and used as the pushed/toggled image.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // If toggle is TRUE, the button toggles between the two states.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxToolBarTool *AddTool(int toolIndex, const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& pushedBitmap = wxNullBitmap,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					               bool toggle = FALSE, long xPos = -1, long yPos = -1, wxObject *clientData = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					               const wxString& helpString1 = "", const wxString& helpString2 = "");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set default bitmap size
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void EnableTool(int toolIndex, bool enable); // additional drawing on enabling
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void ToggleTool(int toolIndex, bool toggle); // toggle is TRUE if toggled on
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void ClearTools();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // The button size is bigger than the bitmap size
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxSize GetToolSize() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxSize GetMaxSize() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Add all the buttons
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool CreateTools();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Layout() {}
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // The post-tool-addition call. TODO: do here whatever's
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // necessary for completing the toolbar construction.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Realize() { return CreateTools(); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_TOOLBAR_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										295
									
								
								include/wx/motif/treectrl.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										295
									
								
								include/wx/motif/treectrl.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        treectrl.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxTreeCtrl class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_TREECTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_TREECTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "treectrl.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/control.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/event.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/imaglist.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_MASK_HANDLE          0x0001
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_MASK_STATE           0x0002
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_MASK_TEXT            0x0004
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_MASK_IMAGE           0x0008
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_MASK_SELECTED_IMAGE  0x0010
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_MASK_CHILDREN        0x0020
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_MASK_DATA            0x0040
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_STATE_BOLD           0x0001
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_STATE_DROPHILITED    0x0002
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED       0x0004
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDEDONCE   0x0008
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_STATE_FOCUSED        0x0010
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_STATE_SELECTED       0x0020
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_STATE_CUT            0x0040
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ABOVE            0x0001  // Above the client area.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_BELOW            0x0002  // Below the client area.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE          0x0004  // In the client area but below the last item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON     0x0010  // On the button associated with an item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON       0x0020  // On the bitmap associated with an item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMINDENT     0x0040  // In the indentation associated with an item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL      0x0080  // On the label (string) associated with an item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT      0x0100  // In the area to the right of an item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON  0x0200  // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TOLEFT           0x0400  // To the right of the client area.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_TORIGHT          0x0800  // To the left of the client area.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL | wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Flags for GetNextItem
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_CARET,                 // Retrieves the currently selected item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_CHILD,                 // Retrieves the first child item. The hItem parameter must be NULL.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_DROPHILITE,            // Retrieves the item that is the target of a drag-and-drop operation.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_FIRSTVISIBLE,          // Retrieves the first visible item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_NEXT,                 // Retrieves the next sibling item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_NEXTVISIBLE,           // Retrieves the next visible item that follows the specified item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_PARENT,                // Retrieves the parent of the specified item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUS,              // Retrieves the previous sibling item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_PREVIOUSVISIBLE,       // Retrieves the first visible item that precedes the specified item.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_NEXT_ROOT                   // Retrieves the first child item of the root item of which the specified item is a part.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Flags for ExpandItem
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE_RESET,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Flags for InsertItem
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					enum {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_INSERT_LAST = -1,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_INSERT_FIRST = -2,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTREE_INSERT_SORT = -3
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeItem: public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeItem)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_mask;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_itemId;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_state;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_stateMask;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString        m_text;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int             m_image;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int             m_selectedImage;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int             m_children;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long            m_data;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTreeItem();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Accessors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline long GetMask() const { return m_mask; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline long GetItemId() const { return m_itemId; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline long GetState() const { return m_state; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline long GetStateMask() const { return m_stateMask; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline int GetImage() const { return m_image; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline int GetSelectedImage() const { return m_selectedImage; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline int GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline long GetData() const { return m_data; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetMask(long mask) { m_mask = mask; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetItemId(long id) { m_itemId = m_itemId = id; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetState(long state) { m_state = state; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetStateMask(long stateMask) { m_stateMask = stateMask; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void GetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetImage(int image) { m_image = image; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void GetSelectedImage(int selImage) { m_selectedImage = selImage; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetChildren(int children) { m_children = children; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline void SetData(long data) { m_data = data; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeCtrl: public wxControl
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					   /*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    * Public interface
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // creation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // --------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTreeCtrl();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    inline wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl")
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					        Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    ~wxTreeCtrl();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                long style = wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS|wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                const wxString& name = "wxTreeCtrl");
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // accessors
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // ---------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      //
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int GetCount() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // indent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int GetIndent() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void SetIndent(int indent);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // image list
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxImageList *GetImageList(int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList, int which = wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // navigation inside the tree
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long GetNextItem(long item, int code) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool ItemHasChildren(long item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long GetChild(long item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long GetParent(long item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long GetFirstVisibleItem() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long GetNextVisibleItem(long item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long GetSelection() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long GetRootItem() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // generic function for (g|s)etting item attributes
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool GetItem(wxTreeItem& info) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SetItem(wxTreeItem& info);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // item state
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int  GetItemState(long item, long stateMask) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SetItemState(long item, long state, long stateMask);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // item image
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SetItemImage(long item, int image, int selImage);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // item text
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxString GetItemText(long item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void SetItemText(long item, const wxString& str);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // custom data associated with the item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long GetItemData(long item) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SetItemData(long item, long data);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // convenience function
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool IsItemExpanded(long item) 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    { 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      return (GetItemState(item, wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) & 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                           wxTREE_STATE_EXPANDED) != 0;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // bounding rect
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool GetItemRect(long item, wxRectangle& rect, bool textOnly = FALSE) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      //
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // ----------
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // adding/deleting items
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool DeleteItem(long item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long InsertItem(long parent, wxTreeItem& info,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                    long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // If image > -1 and selImage == -1, the same image is used for
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // both selected and unselected items.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long InsertItem(long parent, const wxString& label,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                    int image = -1, int selImage = -1, 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                    long insertAfter = wxTREE_INSERT_LAST);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // changing item state
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool ExpandItem(long item)   { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND);   }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool CollapseItem(long item) { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool ToggleItem(long item)   { return ExpandItem(item, wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE);   }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // common interface for {Expand|Collapse|Toggle}Item
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool ExpandItem(long item, int action);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      // 
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SelectItem(long item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool ScrollTo(long item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool DeleteAllItems();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // Edit the label (tree must have the focus)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTextCtrl* EditLabel(long item, wxClassInfo* textControlClass = CLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // End label editing, optionally cancelling the edit
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool EndEditLabel(bool cancel);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    long HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    //  wxImageList *CreateDragImage(long item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool SortChildren(long item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    bool EnsureVisible(long item);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    void Command(wxCommandEvent& event) { ProcessCommand(event); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxTextCtrl*  m_textCtrl;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxImageList* m_imageListNormal;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    wxImageList* m_imageListState;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeEvent: public wxCommandEvent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int           m_code;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxTreeItem    m_item;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long          m_oldItem;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxPoint       m_pointDrag;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline long GetOldItem() const { return m_oldItem; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxTreeItem& GetItem() const { return (wxTreeItem&) m_item; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetCode() const { return m_code; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreeEventFunction)(wxTreeEvent&);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_GET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_SET_INFO(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) { wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxTreeEventFunction) & fn, (wxObject *) NULL },
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_TREECTRL_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										44
									
								
								include/wx/motif/wave.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										44
									
								
								include/wx/motif/wave.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        wave.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxWave class (loads and plays short Windows .wav files).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//              Optional on non-Windows platforms.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_WAVE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_WAVE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "wave.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/object.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class wxWave : public wxObject
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWave();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWave(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = FALSE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ~wxWave();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool  Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = FALSE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool  IsOk() const { return (m_waveData ? TRUE : FALSE); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool  Play(bool async = TRUE, bool looped = FALSE) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool  Free();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					private:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  char* m_waveData;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int   m_waveLength;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool  m_isResource;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_WAVE_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
							
								
								
									
										570
									
								
								include/wx/motif/window.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							
							
						
						
									
										570
									
								
								include/wx/motif/window.h
									
									
									
									
									
										Normal file
									
								
							@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
 | 
				
			|||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Name:        window.h
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Purpose:     wxWindow class
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Author:      Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Modified by:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Created:     17/09/98
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// RCS-ID:      $Id$
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Licence:   	wxWindows licence
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define _WX_WINDOW_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#ifdef __GNUG__
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#pragma interface "window.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/icon.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/cursor.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/pen.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/font.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/validate.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/event.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/string.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/list.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/region.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#include "wx/accel.h"
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxKEY_SHIFT     1
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#define wxKEY_CTRL      2
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Base class for frame, panel, canvas, panel items, dialog box.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 *
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/*
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * Event handler: windows have themselves as their event handlers
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * by default, but their event handlers could be set to another
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * object entirely. This separation can reduce the amount of
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * derivation required, and allow alteration of a window's functionality
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 * (e.g. by a resource editor that temporarily switches event handlers).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					 */
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxEvent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxCommandEvent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxKeyEvent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxControl;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxCursor;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxColourMap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxFont;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxRectangle;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBitmap;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxSizer;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxList;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxLayoutConstraints;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxMouseEvent;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxButton;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxColour;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxBrush;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxPen;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxIcon;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxValidator;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#if USE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxDropTarget;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#if USE_WX_RESOURCES
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxResourceTable;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxItemResource;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const char*) wxPanelNameStr;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxSize) wxDefaultSize;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern const wxPoint) wxDefaultPosition;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow: public wxEvtHandler
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					{
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindow)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  friend class wxDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  friend class wxPaintDC;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWindow();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  {
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  	  m_children = new wxList;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					      Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual ~wxWindow();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           long style = 0,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					           const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Fit the window around the items
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Fit();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Show or hide the window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Show(bool show);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Is the window shown?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsShown() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Raise the window to the top of the Z order
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Raise();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Lower();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Is the window enabled?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsEnabled() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // For compatibility
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool Enabled() const { return IsEnabled(); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Dialog support: override these and call
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // base class members to add functionality
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // that can't be done using validators.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Transfer values to controls. If returns FALSE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // it's an application error (pops up a dialog)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Transfer values from controls. If returns FALSE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // transfer failed: don't quit
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Validate controls. If returns FALSE,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // validation failed: don't quit
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Validate();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Return code for dialogs
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetReturnCode(int retCode);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetReturnCode();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set the cursor
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxCursor *GetCursor() const { return (wxCursor *)& m_windowCursor; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get the window with the focus
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static wxWindow *FindFocus();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get character size
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetCharHeight() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetCharWidth() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get overall window size
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get window position, relative to parent (or screen if no parent)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get client (application-useable) size
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set overall size and position
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual void SetSize(int width, int height) { SetSize(-1, -1, width, height, wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual void Move(int x, int y) { SetSize(x, y, -1, -1, wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set client size
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetClientSize(int width, int size);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Convert client to screen coordinates
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Convert screen to client coordinates
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set the focus to this window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetFocus();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Capture/release mouse
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void CaptureMouse();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ReleaseMouse();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Enable or disable the window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Enable(bool enable);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#if USE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Associate a drop target with this window (if the window already had a drop
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // target, it's deleted!) and return the current drop target (may be NULL).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void          SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxDropTarget *GetDropTarget() const { return m_pDropTarget; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Accept files for dragging
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void DragAcceptFiles(bool accept);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Update region access
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxRegion GetUpdateRegion() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsExposed(int x, int y, int w, int h) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsExposed(const wxPoint& pt) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool IsExposed(const wxRect& rect) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get the window title
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual inline void SetTitle(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title)) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return wxString(""); };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Most windows have the concept of a label; for frames, this is the
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // title; for items, this is the label or button text.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return GetTitle(); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get the window name (used for resource setting in X)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxString GetName() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual void SetName(const wxString& name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Centre the window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Centre(int direction) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void Center(int direction = wxHORIZONTAL) { Centre(direction); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Popup a menu
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Send the window a refresh event
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBack = TRUE, const wxRectangle *rect = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // New functions that will replace the above.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    int range, bool refresh = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetScrollPos(int orient) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetScrollRange(int orient) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual int GetScrollThumb(int orient) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRectangle *rect = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Caret manipulation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void CreateCaret(int w, int h);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void CreateCaret(const wxBitmap *bitmap);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void DestroyCaret();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ShowCaret(bool show);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetCaretPos(int x, int y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetCaretPos(int *x, int *y) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Tell window how much it can be sized
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSizeHints(int minW = -1, int minH = -1, int maxW = -1, int maxH = -1, int incW = -1, int incH = -1);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get the window's identifier
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline int GetId() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetId(int id);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxAcceleratorTable& GetAcceleratorTable() const { return (wxAcceleratorTable&) m_acceleratorTable; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Make the window modal (all other windows unresponsive)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void MakeModal(bool modal);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get the private handle (platform-dependent)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void *GetHandle() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get the window's relatives
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxWindow *GetParent() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetParent(wxWindow *p) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxWindow *GetGrandParent() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxList *GetChildren() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get the window's font
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& f);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxFont *GetFont() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get the window's validator
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetValidator(const wxValidator& validator);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxValidator *GetValidator() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get the window's style
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetWindowStyleFlag(long flag);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline long GetWindowStyleFlag() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get event handler
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Push/pop event handler (i.e. allow a chain of event handlers
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // be searched)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void PushEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler(bool deleteHandler = FALSE) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Close the window by calling OnClose, posting a deletion
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Close(bool force = FALSE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Destroy the window (delayed, if a managed window)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool Destroy() ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Mode for telling default OnSize members to
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // call Layout(), if not using Sizers, just top-down constraints
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetAutoLayout(bool a);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool GetAutoLayout() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get constraints
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxLayoutConstraints *GetConstraints() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get window background colour
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get window foreground colour
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual void SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxColour GetForegroundColour() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get window default background colour (for children to inherit).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // NOTE: these may be removed in later revisions.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual void SetDefaultBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxColour GetDefaultBackgroundColour(void) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set/get window default foreground colour (for children to inherit)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual void SetDefaultForegroundColour(const wxColour& col);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxColour GetDefaultForegroundColour(void) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get the default button, if there is one
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual wxButton *GetDefaultItem() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline virtual void SetDefaultItem(wxButton *but);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Override to define new behaviour for default action (e.g. double clicking
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // on a listbox)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void OnDefaultAction(wxControl *initiatingItem);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Resource loading
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#if USE_WX_RESOURCES
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool LoadFromResource(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& resourceName, const wxResourceTable *table = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxControl *CreateItem(const wxItemResource *childResource, const wxResourceTable *table = NULL);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, int *x, int *y,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                             int *descent = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                             int *externalLeading = NULL,
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                             const wxFont *theFont = NULL, bool use16 = FALSE) const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Is the window retained?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool IsRetained() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Warp the pointer the given position
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void WarpPointer(int x_pos, int y_pos) ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Clear the window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void Clear();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Find a window by id or name
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxWindow *FindWindow(long id);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxWindow *FindWindow(const wxString& name);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Constraint operations
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool Layout();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer);    // Adds sizer child to this window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxSizer *GetSizer() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxWindow *GetSizerParent() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline void SetSizerParent(wxWindow *win);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Do Update UI processing for controls
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void UpdateWindowUI();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Does this window want to accept keyboard focus?
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void PrepareDC( wxDC &dc ) {};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  //// IMPLEMENTATION
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // smaller
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Makes an adjustment to the window position (for example, a frame that has
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // a toolbar that it manages itself).
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y, int sizeFlags);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Executes the default message
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual long Default();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					/* TODO: you may need something like this
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Determine whether 3D effects are wanted
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual WXDWORD Determine3DEffects(WXDWORD defaultBorderStyle, bool *want3D);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					*/
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void AddChild(wxWindow *child);         // Adds reference to the child object
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindow *child);   // Removes reference to child
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					                                       // (but doesn't delete the child object)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void DestroyChildren();  // Removes and destroys all children
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline bool IsBeingDeleted() const { return FALSE; } // TODO: Should probably eliminate this
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Constraint implementation
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void UnsetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  inline wxList *GetConstraintsInvolvedIn() const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Back-pointer to other windows we're involved with, so if we delete
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // this window, we must delete any constraints we're involved with.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void AddConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void RemoveConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void DeleteRelatedConstraints();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void ResetConstraints();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = TRUE);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool LayoutPhase1(int *noChanges);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool LayoutPhase2(int *noChanges);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool DoPhase(int);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Transforms from sizer coordinate space to actual
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // parent coordinate space
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void TransformSizerToActual(int *x, int *y) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Set size with transformation to actual coordinates if nec.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SizerSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SizerMove(int x, int y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Only set/get the size/position of the constraint (if any)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetSizeConstraint(int x, int y, int w, int h);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void MoveConstraint(int x, int y);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetClientSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void GetPositionConstraint(int *x, int *y) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxObject *GetChild(int number) const ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Generates a new id for controls
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  static int NewControlId();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Transfers data to any child controls
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  void OnInitDialog(wxInitDialogEvent& event);
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Sends an OnInitDialog event, which in turns transfers data to
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // to the window via validators.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void InitDialog();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /// MOTIF-specific
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Gives window a chance to do something in response to a size
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // message, e.g. arrange status bar, toolbar etc.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual bool PreResize() { return TRUE; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get main widget for this window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual WXWidget GetMainWidget() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual void SetMainWidget(WXWidget w) { m_mainWidget = w; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Get the underlying X window and display
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual WXWindow GetXWindow() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  virtual WXDisplay *GetXDisplay() const;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  //// PROTECTED DATA
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_windowId;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  long                  m_windowStyle; 			// Store the window's style
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxEvtHandler *        m_windowEventHandler; 	// Usually is 'this'
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxLayoutConstraints * m_constraints;           // Constraints for this window
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxList *              m_constraintsInvolvedIn; // List of constraints we're involved in
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxSizer *             m_windowSizer;                       // Window's top-level sizer (if any)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWindow *            m_sizerParent;                      // Window's parent sizer (if any)
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_autoLayout;                            // Whether to call Layout() in OnSize
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxWindow *            m_windowParent;                     // Each window always knows its parent
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxValidator *         m_windowValidator;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_minSizeX;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_minSizeY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_maxSizeX;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_maxSizeY;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  // Caret data
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_caretWidth;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_caretHeight;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_caretEnabled;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_caretShown;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxFont                m_windowFont;                               // Window's font
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxCursor              m_windowCursor;                        // Window's cursor
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxString              m_windowName;                            // Window name
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxButton *            m_defaultItem;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour              m_backgroundColour ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour              m_foregroundColour ;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour              m_defaultBackgroundColour;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxColour              m_defaultForegroundColour;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxAcceleratorTable    m_acceleratorTable;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#if USE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxDropTarget         *m_pDropTarget;    // the current drop target or NULL
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif  //USE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxRegion              m_updateRegion;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  wxList *              m_children;                           // Window's children
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  int                   m_returnCode;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					public:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  /// MOTIF-specific
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_button1Pressed;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_button2Pressed;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_button3Pressed;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					protected:
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  WXWidget              m_mainWidget;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_winCaptured;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					  bool                  m_isShown;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					};
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					//// INLINES
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void *wxWindow::GetHandle() const { return (void *)NULL; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline int wxWindow::GetId() const { return m_windowId; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetId(int id) { m_windowId = id; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxWindow *wxWindow::GetParent() const { return m_windowParent; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetParent(wxWindow *p) { m_windowParent = p; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxWindow *wxWindow::GetGrandParent() const { return (m_windowParent ? m_windowParent->m_windowParent : (wxWindow*) NULL); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxList *wxWindow::GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxFont *wxWindow::GetFont() const { return (wxFont *) & m_windowFont; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxString wxWindow::GetName() const { return m_windowName; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetName(const wxString& name) { m_windowName = name; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline long wxWindow::GetWindowStyleFlag() const { return m_windowStyle; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flag) { m_windowStyle = flag; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_windowEventHandler = handler; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxEvtHandler *wxWindow::GetEventHandler() const { return m_windowEventHandler; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetAutoLayout(bool a) { m_autoLayout = a; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline bool wxWindow::GetAutoLayout() const { return m_autoLayout; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxLayoutConstraints *wxWindow::GetConstraints() const { return m_constraints; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col) { m_backgroundColour = col; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxColour wxWindow::GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_backgroundColour; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& col) { m_foregroundColour = col; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxColour wxWindow::GetForegroundColour() const { return m_foregroundColour; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetDefaultForegroundColour(const wxColour& col) { m_defaultForegroundColour = col; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxColour wxWindow::GetDefaultForegroundColour(void) const { return m_defaultForegroundColour; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetDefaultBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col) { m_defaultBackgroundColour = col; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxColour wxWindow::GetDefaultBackgroundColour(void) const { return m_defaultBackgroundColour; };
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxButton *wxWindow::GetDefaultItem() const { return m_defaultItem; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetDefaultItem(wxButton *but) { m_defaultItem = but; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline bool wxWindow::IsRetained() const { return ((m_windowStyle & wxRETAINED) == wxRETAINED); }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxList *wxWindow::GetConstraintsInvolvedIn() const { return m_constraintsInvolvedIn; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxSizer *wxWindow::GetSizer() const { return m_windowSizer; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxWindow *wxWindow::GetSizerParent() const { return m_sizerParent; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetSizerParent(wxWindow *win) { m_sizerParent = win; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline wxValidator *wxWindow::GetValidator() const { return m_windowValidator; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline void wxWindow::SetReturnCode(int retCode) { m_returnCode = retCode; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					inline int wxWindow::GetReturnCode() { return m_returnCode; }
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					// Get the active window.
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					wxWindow* WXDLLEXPORT wxGetActiveWindow();
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxList) wxTopLevelWindows;
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					#endif
 | 
				
			||||||
 | 
					    // _WX_WINDOW_H_
 | 
				
			||||||
		Reference in New Issue
	
	Block a user